Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Course
A completeguideto S&P500FuturesTradingIntra-day
All RightsReserued:
BryceGilmore& Associates
PtyLtd.
Australia.
Queensland.
t
I
I
I
I
I
The Author:
I havebeena successful
traderin oneform or anotherfor mostof my adult
life.I haveworkedindependently
for myselffor the past32 years.
In 1981whileI was in Londona traderfriendof minetook me into his
broker'sofficefor lunch.This is whereI sawfor the first time a completely
differenttradingworld,the futuresmarkets!
WhenI returnedto AustraliaI openeda commodity
futurestradingaccount,
bought2 contracts
of ComexSilverandproceeded
to try my handat trading
paper.MyfirsttrademademeUS$11,500
in twoweeksandI washooked.
It wasn'talwayseasygoingbut overthe next few yearsI was completely
absorbed
withthe mechanics
of the futuresmarketsandbeganto developmy
ownsofturare
to explorethe methodologies
of ElliottandGann.
t
1
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
BryceGilmore
By 1989I had gaineda reputationas an authorityon Time and PriceAnalysis
and becamewell knownto serioustechnicalanalystsfrom aroundthe world.
It has beena pastimeof mineto teachpeopleto trade from my earlydaysin
this business.
In recentyearswith the adventof electronic
tradingand cheap
commissionrates the growth in day trading volume has openednew doors
andthat is whatthis courseis about- takingadvantage
of the opportunity.
I believewith the helpof this TTW courseand also my Dynamicnme & Price
Analysisbook (2002), anyonewho is willing to put in the hard work will
definitelybe ableto makean excellentlivingas a professional
futurestrader.
Formoreinformation
on my profileyou shouldvisit my web site:
http: / /www. bryce-gilmore.com/
[c] BryceGilmore2004
Contents:
Subject
Page
Introduction
Tradingto WINTools
Section1: Practical
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
CloseStops
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
15
23
25
28
29
32
3B
39
10
Bars
Bars- OutsideReversal
ReversalBarc - Reversal
Doji Hammers.
Gravestone
- Numerous
examplesof Intra-day
Patterns
Revercal
Patterns 3 drivesto a top.
Reversal
- Old
- Breakouts
ContinuationPatterns - Rectangles
Support= NewResistance.
43
13
5B
T4
DailyRange.
Days,TheAverage
Gaps,GapReversal
63
15
7B
16
87
I
I
I
I
I
I
96
11
t2
t7
47
53
There are others but I will introduce these later in the course as they require
extra knowledge to implement correctly.
1B
Daily RangePatterns
106
19
Section1: Summary
LL4
I
I
Contents
)
t
I
I
I
- tradingtools
PriceGeometry
Section2: Dynamic
you needto understand
to WIN.
Ratios
SacredGeometryandthe Cardinal
Ratiosin MarketCorrections
Geometric
BearMarketTrends
BullMarket
Trends
10
24
33
50
52
56
Approach
My X-ABCDPriceGeometry
5B
9
10
11
t2
Pastexamples
reversals
of X-ABCD
Levels& Targets
OddBallRetracement
Bread& ButterTradingSet-ups
MarketLogic
73
B2
B5
96
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
t4
26
[c] BryceGilmore2004
Section
4: Summaries
The PsychologicalAspectsof Tradingto Win
in the S&P500
A day by day accountof my experiences
2003.
fromthe endof July2003to midSeptember
My thoughts on how to beat the market
42
46
Esignal- APPENDIX
s4-Bs
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
http://www.bryce-g
iImore.
Iletin.htm
com/bu
Steve Rifl<in'spersonalS&Pmentoring program
Information
for traderswho needhandson helpto grasp
Youwill find linK to
the correctapplication
of my methods.
thisinformation
on mywebsite.
http://bryce-gil
more.com/bulleti
n.htm
I
I
I
qe.htmI
http://www.bryce-g
iImore.comDGBCDpa
I
Contents
)
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
Introduction:
Oneof the failuresof mosttradingbooksI havereadin the pastis thatthey
leaveout the "humanelement"associated
with the day-to-day
of
behaviour
mostof ourmarkets.
Marketsare livingthingsand reactto currenteventsas well as technical
eventsratherthanto just movealongwith no consideration
for the outside
you
world,as mosttechnical
bookswouldlike
to believe.
Technical
Analysis
tradingrequires
an
alonewill nota tradermake.Successful
understanding
of the players,as well as the technicaland the fundamental
aspects
of anymarket,anda continuing
handson day-to-day
approach.
My way is all about technicalpreparation,
studyingthe fundamentals,
listeningto the currentnewsand evaluating
the unfoldingchaft patterns
beinggeneratedbetweenthe actionsof the buyersand the sellersin the
marketsI follow.
To trade profitably in real time only requiresyou to identify low risk
entry oppoftunity in my opinion. This is the bottom line between
successand failure.
Simpletradingoppoftunities
in the S&Pare often presented
dailywith the
releaseof US economicindicatorrepofts,FEDEMLRESERVE
decisions
on
interestrate policy,ConsumerSentimentlevelsor specificpriceearnings
repoftsof the majorcompanies
highup in the S&P500complex.
On top of this the intra-daymarketmovementis constantlyinfluenced
by
pressure
points
tradersusinggeometric
analysis
to buyandsellat perceived
thatarerelativeto GannandElliottWavetheory.
In times of indecision
the S&Pmarketwill go throughaccumulation
and
phases.Thesephasestraceout or form patternson your chart
distribution
pattern
that implyfuturedirectional
tendencies.
Eachandeveryconsolidation
that a chartof the marketpricemovement
formswill haveceftainreliable
professional
implications,
implications
that
traderswill act upon.
All it takes is some good or bad news to be releasedand this will set
off a new seriesof impulse buying or selling that movesthe market
to new DAILY highs or new lows. Thesesituations are our primary
sourceof trading oppoftunities.
Nevertheless
the S&Pmarketwill nevermovegreatdistances
in a straightline
psychological
up or down unlessthe fundamental
attitudesurrounding
or
currenteventsis quiteunusual.
TTW Course
lntroduction
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
TTW Course
Introduction
T
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
Makingdecisions
to entera positionrequiresa currentopinionof wherethe
marketis at, right now. Not yesterday
or whereit will be at tomorrowbut
now.Moneyis won or loston the spotor in the next20 minutesmostof the
time.
The noviceneverseemsto understand
of tradingand as a
theseprincipals
resulttheyall endup losingmoneyinitiallyuntiltheygetthe message.
Themarketis not likeanythingelsein life,it goesbackwards
andforwardsall
trend.
thetimewithoutanyrespectto youropinionof the longer-term
To be profitableyou haveto learnhowto dealwith the marketon a day-todaybasis.
Notonlythat, you haveto learnhowto dealwith the marketon a weekto
week,monthto monthandyearto yearbasis.
In the largerpicturemarketsmovein seculartrendsandryclicaltrends,these
trendsareobviousafterthe fact.A seculartrendcanlastfor manyyearsbut
the cyclicaltrends,be they bull or beartrendsvary in length;The ryclical
trendscan be motivatedby all sortsof economicdata and governmental
influences.
Cyclical
trendscanbe brokendownintowhatI wouldcallseasonal
weather,interestrate
trends;thesecan be influenced
for all sortsof reasons,
policies,wars, threats of wars, companyearnings,employmenttrends,
consumerconfidence,bank lendingpolicies,naturaldisastersand even
terrorismacts.
In a seasonaltrend the market will move through phasesthat are
predominately
influenced
by the actionsof largetraders.Yousee,everyday
the traderscometo workwith an opinionof whattheyexpectthe marketto
that givethembuy
do.Theyhavesophisticated
systemsthey havedeveloped
or sell signalsand they act on them.This is wherethe technicalindicators
giveyoua guideto theirmediumtermactivity.
Oncea seasonaltrend developsand the mediumterm positionof large
tradersis knownthe marketmovement
by the actionsthat
is thengoverned
haveshorter-termconsiderations.
Theseare differenttypesof systemsthat
shofter-termtradershavedevelopedor learntto take advantage
of the dayto-daymarketmovement.It is whenyou get downto the nitty-grittyof the
day-to-day
thatyoucanappreciate
the biggerpicture.
To becomea successful
the overallpictureand
traderyou haveto appreciate
thensubdivide
trendsandthentrendsof
the unfoldingpatternsintoseasonal
be theytechnical
a lesserdegree.Theneachdaytradethe currentinfluences
or fundamental.
During the day-to-dayactivity the market will move from oversoldto
manytimesovera day.
overbought
andbackagain,sometimes
TTW Cowse
Introduction
[c] BryceGilmore2004
Introduction
I
I
!
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
WILL:
SOMETHINGSWIIL NEVERAPPEAROBVIOUSBUTOTHERS
I reckonthat whenthe technicallevelsare moreobviousto the crowdthey
havea greaterpotentialto work.
You mustremember
this becauseit will be the differencebetweenbeinga
loseror a winner.
TTW Course
lntroduction
[c] BryceGilmore2004
FALSEBREAKS:
Falsebreaksare alwaysa problembut you haveto rememberin life that
whenmarketsreacha levelwherethe technical
worldknowsspellssupport
players
andresistance
who
thereare
out there
dont knowand maketrades
thatwilltestthem.
- no longerthan5
If technicallevelsare testedandthey breaktemporarily
minutes thenanyreboundis the direction
to trade.
Thepatternsaftera falsebreakwill confirmthe reversal
in anycase.
Thisis impoftantfor youto learnas nothingin life is perfectin the electronic
worldandyou mustlearnto adapt.
38.2- 50 - 61.8 levels:
Theseare the levelsthat everyonerespects.
Youwill knowif they are solid
because
the marketwill not breakthemby morethan 2 ticks.If it doesand
reverses
alwaysbarein mindthat on the nexttest they will mostlikelyget
takenout.
you are in the morereliablethey
The higherthe degreeof wavemovement
are.
If theybreakyoucantargetthe nextlevelasyourbestoption.
THETWO.DAYCORRECTION
RULE:
Oneof my strongestrulesin tradingis that marketsin any prolonged
trend
shouldnot makeany correctionthat enduresfor morethan 2 daysif the
trendis to goingto resume.
Alwaysbearthis rulein mindwhenyouarein corrective
movesasthe second
dayalwaysprovides
tradingoppoftunity.
3.DAYBALANCE
POINTS:
Thethree-daybalancepointis the mid pointof the last3 daystradingrange.
Whenthe marketis aboveit, it is potentiallybullish.Whenbelowit, it is
potentially
bearish.
Thisis onlya rulein the shofter-term
of course.
TTW Course
Introduction
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
THESEARESOMESIMPLERULESTO STARTWITH:
If you followmy rulesandtradewith tight stoplossesyou canwin - if you
chooseto usewidestopsyouwill lose.
The only thing easier than making money is losing it. You must
trade by rules and disciplineto be successful.
TTW Course
Introduction
[c] BryceGilmore2004
Section lt chapter
r:
CloseStops:
The first thing a trader needsto learnto becomeprofitableis to control
losses.
If thiswasthe onlythingI couldteachyouit wouldat leastgiveyoua
profitable.
50/50chanceof becoming
Givingthe marketroomto makeup its mindis not partof my vocabulary.
As
proven
far as I am concerned
my reasonfor takinganytrademustbe
right
immediately
or I shouldn'tbe in thatposition!
Marketsmovein thrustsbetweenimpliedsuppoftand resistance,
if we enter
positions
at the criticalpointthe marketwilleitheragreewith usor it won't.
Professional
traderswhetherthey are systemtraders,programtradersor
floor tradershavetechnicallevelsin mindto buy or sell off. The market
ceateslevelsas it movesalongwhichwill eitherfacilitatetradeor rejectit.
Themarketflowis all I am interested
in asa trader.
WhenI seethe levelsI am prepared
to buy or selloff I will givethe trade
severalchancesdependingon the degreeof price movementI think is
possible
at thetime.
It is betterto take L or 2 smalllossesand be sureyou are the rightway
aroundthanto sit andwatcha position
turnsouron you.
To staftwiththe marketcanonlydo 3 things:1. Goup.
2. Godown.
3. Gosideways.
If youare buyinga breakoutpatternthe marketmustmakea cleanbreakfor
yournewpositionto be profitable.
If the previous
wassay1100on
resistance
the E-mini,the breakoutpointwouldbe a tradeat 1100^4,as thisshouldbe
enoughto catchthe initialstopsof the peoplearoundthe wrongway.Asthey
get caughtout there will be moreordersnestedup aboveby the people
givingthe marketa little moreroom.Theseordersshouldfeed the initial
thrust into new territoryalmostimmediately
the breakouthappens.If the
breakoutfailsit is because
tradershavesellordersin abundance
nestedjust
abovethe breakoutpoint.In whichcasethe breakoutwill becomea false
breakandwill fail. Youwill knowthe breakoutis failingbecause
the market
doesnot movein your favouralmostimmediately.
So if that happensyou
shouldscratchthe positionassoonas it tradesbackbelow1100.
Thesamesituationapplieswhensellinga supportlevelon a breakout.
CloseStops
Section1: Chapter- I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
Thereis no second-guessing
a breakouttradeas it will be provenrightor
wrongwithina matterof minutes- sometimes
seconds!
youto takethe
If youget a REVERSAL
BARon a falsebreakoutit is signalling
reversepositionfor a quickscalpbackthe otherway.If you do takea reverse
position
youapplya closestopof no morethan1^4 pointson thataswell.
Tradingto WIN is aboutgettinginto a positionthat will workwith the least
possible
riskto yourcapital.Oncethe positionis workingyou canthenthink
abouttrademanagement.
So let'sjust get thistacticfirmlyin yourmindbeforewe go anywhere
else.I
amtryingto createa foundation
of goodtradingprinciples
beforeI teachyou
the finerpointsof tradeselection.
If youarebuyingor sellinga breakoutpatternthe positionmustmovein your
favourimmediately
or within a minuteto confirmyour decisionwas the
correctone.Othertradersmustbe in agreement
with you or the tradewill
not workanyway.If it doesn'tthenVouabandonthe positionandstartfrom
you
fresh.Thereis no pointsittingaroundwhenthe marketis not confirming
are rightaboutwhatyou are doing.Hopewill not makeyou a profit!If you
wantto be a traderyou mustacceptthat you are eithergoingto be rightor
wrong straightaway - not in 30 minutestime. Forgetabout tomorrow
because
tomorrowis anotherballgame.
Whensellinginto strength(marketis goingup in a correction)
in a 3 day
established
the levelsthat you selectmustbe exacton ratioor a
downtrend
doubletop. Theselevelsmust not be exceededby more than 1 tick (2
maximum)
too meananything.Thiswayyoucansella doubletop or ? 50o/o,
evena 61.80lo
retracement
and placea stop1 or 1^4 just aboveyourentry
point.The 1^4 is probablybetterbecause
the sellscanonly be doneon the
BIDand not the OFFER
whichwill alwaysbe a 1 tick spreadat minimumin
place.
the first
Thecloseryou cankeepthe stopthe betteroff youwill be in
the longrun.
The samethingappliesin reversewhenyou are buyinga RETMCEMENT
in
an uptrendingmarket.
If you everhaveany doubtsin futurewhy you are not winningthen come
backandreadthesewordsoverandoveruntilyouget it.
You can only be a consistent
winnerif you controllosses.You mustnever
holda losingpositionunderanycircumstances.
Youmustlearnto taketrades
at the criticalpointsand acceptthey will be eitherright or wrongalmost
immediately.
A winneris a grinner- a loseris all but pasthistory.If you are in between
thenI havehopefor youin the future.
CloseStops
Sectionl: Chapter- I
[c] BryceGiknore2004
FORTOPS& BOTTOMS:
ENTRYTECHNTQUES
WhenSelling- If youdon't seethe CrowsSCRATCH
Stoolossor SAR.
5 MinuteBAR,S
.t.............................
lr
.-.......-..........-..ft
[
-- l point 6r'ids
Stoplossor SAR
When Buying - If you don't saa tha DovasSCRATCH
the CROWS or bOVES movayour STOP to
When the t'eversolshov,rs
breokevenimmadiqtaly.Onca thot is donethe cntry is riding for no
risk. It will either turn into o WININIERor you ora out ond stort ogoin'
The SARis a stop and reverseorder that you can use becauseif the
resistance
or the supportyou soldor boughtoff breaK the marketwill at
leastrun enoughfor you to retrieveyour originaloppottunitycosts.Most
timesyou may not wishto takethe SARbut it is alwaysworthconsidering
is an eachwaybet.
whenyouthinkthe opportunity
Nowthe realissueis in locatingthe levelto placeyoursellor buyordersand
onceyou havethat workedout you will be kickinggoalswith the bestof
them.
trader.
Onceyou refineyourentrypointsyou are goingto be a professional
I am goingto tell
Beforeyou can do that you will needto learneverything
youin thisbook.
DonttakewhatI saylightlyas if youdo youwill not befollowingwhatI have
to teachyou and you will becomea statistic- a statisticis my wordfor a
to bits.
wouldbetraderwhoblowshistradingaccount
Entering
tradesat the pointof decisionis the onlywayyou cancontrolrisk,
i.e.,unlessyou are in a runningmoveandjust jump on boardandplacea
tightstopaboveor belowthe last5 minutebar.
Nevergivethe marketmorethan2 pointsto proveyou rightor wrong,if you
endup withthe arseout of yourpants.
do youwill eventually
CloseStops
l0
Section l: Chapter- I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilrnore2004
ENTRYTECHNIQUESFOR BREAKOUTTRADES:
r StoFs
BR,EAKOUT
LEVELS
CloseStops
11
Section1: Chapter- I
ENTRYTECHNIQUES
IN UPTRENDING
MARKETS:
I like to sell predominately
resultsseemto comequicker,but you
because
haveto be a buyerhalfof the timeandyou needto understand
the habiGof
the marketto get setwithoutriskingto much.
Breakouts
in up trendingmarketscando oneof threethings.
1 . They break out cleanly becausethere is a force of buyers
overwhelming
the sellers.
2. Theybreakout andcomebackto testthe breakouthalfthe time.
3 . They breakout and get hit on the headby sellerssittingup there
waitingto takethemon.
Soyou have3 possibilities
to consider
whenyou aretakinga buysignaland
youstillhaveto followthe mainrule- controlrisk.
In a strongmarketthe breakout
willcomeandneverlookback.In a mediocre
marketthe breakoutwill come,exceedthe markethighit is breakingout of
by a few pointsand then comebackto the breakoutleveland then regain
strength.If the retestof the breakoutcomesbackmorethan 2 ticksinside
the breakout
levelit couldbetellingyoutwothings.
1. I am nota buybuta sellasthiswasa falsebreak.
2. I am notsureaboutthisandit is timeto remainon the sidelines.
Youhaveto dealwith eachof thesesituations
asthe markethandsyou more
information.
Trendindicators
canhelpwithyourreadof the marketmood.
50t
Buys r
Stops r
iAorkei is comingof o support level
12
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Sectionl: Chapter-I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
1 . Closestops.
2 . Enteronlyat the pointof leastrisk.
3 . Studywhatthe marketpatternis tellingyou.
4. Learnthe habitsof the traderswhoknowwhattheyaredoing.
5 . Preparebeforeyou sit downto trade.
Youhaveto understand
that it doesnot matterwhatyouthinkthe marketwill
do, it will not go anywhereunlessthereis an imbalance
betweenthe buyers
andthe sellers.Onesideneedsto bewinningfor the marketto trend.
Theotherthingis that you canenterthe marketat anytimeyou get a signal
thatis valid.Thesesignals
appear5 or 10timesa day.
Novicesneverget to learnthat the marketis easybecausethey rush in
withoutstudyingthe marketflow.Manyjust listento brokersandtheydo not
haveon linedatato seewhatthe marketis doing.
Youhaveto havethe facilities
of the professional
traderto callyourselfone.
Mostof allyouhaveto act likeone.
The biggestcommonfault of losersis that theytakea positionandwill not
getout of it whenthe writingis on the wallthattheywerewrong.
Youwill alwaysknowwhenyou wererightandyou will alwaysknowthat if
you took a tradeand it didn'tdo what you thoughtit wouldyou are now
wrong.If it looK like it is not workingSCMTCHthe tradeand wait for a
betteropportunity.
To do anythingelseis stupidity.
Askyourself!WouldI stayin a highstakespokergameand bet on the next
carddrawnif I was holdinga 7 and an 8 - NOyou wouldjust throwthem
away.Yet if you hada pairof Acesin the holeyou wouldbet the livingshit
out ofthe pot.
Thefirst thingyou needto learnto be a professional
traderis to removeall
the stupidityfromyourgameplan.Youmusthavea goodreasonto takeany
trade.
Youcannotaffordto be lanl or for that matterthinkfor oneminuteyou know
whatthe marketwill do. Youmaythinkyou do but youwill still haveto wait
to findout if youwereright.
Oneotherpieceof advice- avoidforecasters
as all theywill do is causeyou
to holdlossesin the hopethe marketwill comebackandsaveyou.
Themarketwill neversaveyou- you haveto saveyourself.
CloseStops
13
Sectionl: Chapter-1
[c] BryceGilmore2004
SeCtiOn 1l chapter2:
MarketMechanics:
The primary most importantasset for the professional
trader is his
understanding
of marketmechanics.
It cantake monthsfor the averagenovicetraderto understand
the street
sensethat prevailsin the markets.Mostnewcomers
neverget to appreciate
gone
the experience
because
theyare long
beforetheyrealisethattradingis
common
sense,nothingmore.
There are so many "mad professors"out there that attempt to invent
foolprooftradingsystemsit is unbelievable.
Theycuruefit pastdatato work
out the oddsof buyingand sellingwhen someproprietary
algorithmthey
havedreamtup repeatsthe "set up" that producedprofitabletradesin the
past.
Commodity
tradingsystemsand horseracingbettingsystemsfail because
of
volatility,the marketis neverrunningin a consistent
way monthin month
out.Sureit maydo it for 3 or 4 monthsandtheneverything
looK likeit is a
licenceto print money. When you put these systemsto the test the
"Eldorado"
anticipated
usuallyturnsintofoolsgold.
Systemoperator's
work on the pretencethat the marketwill "trend"around
the minimumof 30o/o
of the time.If it doestheycanculvethe datato their
algorithms
to projecta winningscenario.
Thetruth is you can"cuwefit" any
price series to a winning scenarioby manipulatingthe draw-down
parameters.
Systemdevelopers
sell their scenarioto the publicinsteadof tradingit
themselves.
Thepubliclovethis stuffmainlybecause
we havetradingmagazines
devoted
peoplejumpout of the bushes
to promoting
the easywayto riches Geezes;
to get hold of this stuff. Boy! I couldtell you storiesI haveheardabout
peopletradingsystems.
Mostof themarefunnybut sadstories.
I haveseensomesophisticated
systemslastfor 15yearsor morewith several
lean years in between,but in the end they all fall prey to the market
mechanics.
Or the peopleusingthemcan'tmaintainthe discipline
requiredto
just before
tradethe systemandstoptradingit. Reason
is continuous
losses,
the systemgetson a run.
It takes a very specialskill to trade a systemand be successful,
I'm not
sayingtherearen'tsystems
thatwork,onlythattheyarerare.
Market Mechanics
Sectionl: Chapter- 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
systemwith the
How do I know?Well I actuallytradeda sophisticated
years.
but in the
discipline
It waswonderfulsometimes
requiredfor nearly4
endwhenI wasn'ttradingit, and my ex-paftner
was,it blewup likea land
mineduringthe 1987crash.
ThereasonI wasmoresuccessful
wasbecause
I usedto trademy systemon
the system,i.e.,I useda scalingsystemon the system.My partnercouldn't
standit, that'swhywe fell out.Onceaftera hugeprofitrun overa monthor
twothe systemwasin profit$70,000a unit,I had2 andmy paftnerhad2. At
lunchoneday I told him I wasclosingout, he saidyou cant do that,what
will the otherswe managethe systemfor thinkof us?I said,"OKI will tell
them', he saidno, he hada betterideahe wouldbuyout LVzof my units,I
agreedandhe paidme the money.Hecontinued
on with 372unitsfromthat
th
point,I hadonly a unit, nowhowstupidwashe to enterthe systemat that
level?
Anywaythat wasn'tthe end of it because
the systemkept makingmoneyfor
in
another2 weeks,aboutanother$20,000a unit.At that stagethe positions
I kepttellinghimto quit
6 differentcommodities
wereextremely
overbought.
andhe keptlaughingat me for missingout. It reallyput a hugestrainon the
relationship.
Thenthe tideturnedandthe systemstaftedlosing,it's priortrackrecordwas
neverto losemorethan50o/o
/ $25,000of its originalstakingplanof $50,000.
Eventually
over a short periodof 2 monthsit lost $55,000a unit before
fromwinninghis
turningthe corner.So he lost3% times$55K= $192.5K
$210K Net resultafterlosses+$17.5K,I hadwon $155Kandgivenback
In the 5 monthsor so my shareof commissions
$27.5K,my net +$127.5K.
backfromthe brokerswe weretradingthe systemfor wasalsoabout$35K.
The realproblems
the systemwith a newunitjust
beganwhenI re-entered
after it turnedthe cornerand then bailedagainwhen I got $20Kahead,
whichtook onlyabouta month.I did that severaltimesoverthe nextyear
whileI wasworkingon my WaveTradersofhruare
andthenquitthe systemto
trademy owndiscretionary
WhenI quit so did 80o/o
of the brokers
approach.
clients.
Thenthe systemhit a brickwallin the crashof 1987andlost$65Ka unitin 2
days.SoI knowall aboutsystems,
believeme.
Thecraziest
arethe
systemsI haveseenin my 20 oddyearsin this business
"Planetary
theydon't
Movement"
systems.Nowtheseguysare unbelievable,
evenhavea cluehowto tradeyet they manageto selltheir"pie in the slqy"
systems
to the gulliblepublic.Theymakeheapswithouteverriskinga penny
in the market.Someof the buy sellsignalscan be 4 yearsapaft.NowI ask
you howdoesthat systemknowif that marketwill be evenopenin 4 years
time?
MarketMechanics
Sectionl: Chapter- 2
[c] BryceGilmore2004
MARKET
TRENDS
Markets
30o/o
of the time,overtime.
usuallytrendapproximately
Nowthat doesnot meanthey will trend regularly,only that the meanis
around30o/o.
Theycouldtrendfor 50o/o
of the time overa givenperiodand
go
then choppyfor twicethe time.
it doesnot care
The marketdoes not give you any guarantees,
whatyouropinionis; it listensto the flowof moneythat is all.
MARKET
MECHANICS
so that he
A professional
trader needsto understandmarketmechanics
knowshowto expectthe marketto flow.
All marketsgo throughperiodsof inactivityfollowedby periodsof mediumor
extremeactivityandthenmostlikelybackto inactivity.
Knowing the reasonsfor the activity is paramount to your successas
a trader.
In short-termperiodsof 2 to 4 daysa marketwill gravitatearounda balance
pointwhenit is in a stateof inactivityor mediumactivity.In extremeperiods
of activitya marketwill movein one directionor the otherwith very minor
corrections
duringthe sametime frame or eltendedtime frames.In a
protractedtrend the marketwill nevercorrectfor morethan a day or two
beforeadvancing
again,if it doescorrectfor morethan2 daysyou knowyou
pointof the trendat thattime.
havereached
the balance
to
Usually
the 2 or 3 daythrustperiodsof activityarefollowedby corrections
prior
level.Thisis usuallyin the
the
movement,
backto whatI calla balanced
ballparkof 50o/o(38-620/o)
of the advanceor decline,havingdonethat they
will attemptto test the priorhighor lowof the thrustandmoveon to a new
level.
Whenmarketsfail on a test of a breakoutthey normalcomebackto the
balancepoint again.If they don't and then break out they provetheir
strengthandaresafeto tradein the newthrust.If they comebackbelowthe
balancepointtheyaresaidto be in a weakpositionanda changein trendis
likely.
I.e.,theywill startthrustingfor newlevelsin the oppositedirection.Eachday
theybreakthe priordaysextremepointtheyaretrending.
Youcantakethis analogyandapplyit to all time periodsif you wantto, but
for the purposesof trading we only have to capturethe short-term
movements
to makemoney.
Market Mechanics
Section1: Chapter- 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
RESIDENT
MARKET
STOPORDERS
All marketshavestandingorderssittingin the wings;they maybe to buyor
to sell at dependingupon whichway the marketis breakingout of the
previous
2-3-5-10
daytradingrange.
Thesestopsbelongto peopleeitherprotecting
a positionor initiatinga new
position.
Themarketseemsto haveknowledge
of wherethesestopsareandwill often
just
move enoughto takethemout andcausea smallbushfire untilthe stop
ordersare exhausted,
then the marketwill movebackto test the breakout
pointof the day
levelor evenbreakbackthroughit andreturnto the balance
prior
or the
day.
for
In timesof extremevolatilitywhena markethasrun hardin onedirection
severalor moredaysthe marketwill exhaustall the newbuyersor sellersto
the pointthat therewill be no oneleft to suppoftthe newpricelevel.When
this happens
the reactionis just as severeas the newthrust,in the opposite
point.
direction,
movesthe pricebackto the nearestbalance
TRENDS
DEVELOP
BECAUSE
Trendsdevelopbecause
thereare morebuyersthan sellersor moresellers
pointis
price
thanbuyers.And
will movein that directionuntilan exhaustion
reached.
Usuallythe balancepointwill be exceeded
untilthe marketwill not facilitate
will depend
trade,thenthe trendwill reverse.
The dimension
of the reversal
people
losing
moneyas
how
levels
staft
on
many
and
arecaughtat the new
the marketreverses.The moreof them the fasterand strongerwill be the
reversaland of coursethe balancepoint will be over-runin the opposite
direction
causing
the samethingto happenagainin reverse.
MARKET
FACILITATION
Is a fanry expression
betweenbuyers
to describe
the balanceor imbalance
price
andsellers?
Themarket
facilitates
tradeas buyersandsellersarewilling
to meeteachother.
Someonlinesystemseven havea marketfacilitationindexto guideyou
mechanically.
The theoryis that as the tick volumemovesup or downyou
or
can tell if the marketis facilitating
trade,i.e., is the volumeincreasing
the market
decreasing
on the currentpricemove.As the volumedeteriorates
priceis assumed
notto befacilitating
trade.
Normally
at anymarkethighor lowthe tickvolumewill reduceto nothing.
Market Mechanics
Section1: Chapter- 2
BALANCE
POINT
Whatis the balancepointI amtalkingabout?
Wellthe balancepoint is the pricethat will facilitatetrade,i.e., the price
wherebuyersandsellersareevenlymatched.
OPENINTEREST
OpenInteresttells you the changesin activityof the main playersin the
market.On any givenday therewill be moreactivityfrom daytradersthan
longerterm holdersbut changesin openinterestare reportable
andleavea
clueto the stronghandsandtheirobjectives.
THEOPENING
PRICE
Oftenreferredto asthe bestkeptsecretby professional
traders.
Theopeningpricesetsthe"tone"for the day.
a) 50o/o
of the timethe openingpricewill bethe highor lowfor the day.
b) Theopeningpricebecomes
the dailycomfoftzonefor traders.
the
c) Traderswill buy and sell off the price movementsurrounding
price.
opening
I will illustrate
in anothersection.
the tradespossible
usingthisinformation
AVEMGE DAILY RANGE
Mostmarketsin an averagestateof activitydevelopa tendenryto tradein an
averagerange. I.E.,Thedailyhigh/lowrangeof mostdayswill be the same
around50o/o
of the time.
TheS&P500
futuresfor instance
arearound18 points,or $900a contracton
the E-Minicontract.
Thetwo pointsto consider
arethese:a) Is the currentdailyrangeinsidethe averagerange?
b) Is the currentdailyrangeoutsidethe averagerange?
A professional
tradershouldbe awareof the averagedaily rangefor any
commoditycontracthe trades,this way you will not be puttingtradeson
whenyou are outsidethe envelopeunlessyou are sure of what you are
doing.
Theaveragedailyrangealsoindicates
to you whenthe marketis buildingup
energyfor a sharpmove.Themoredaysa markettradesin a tightrangewith
smalldailyrangesit is saidto becoiling.
Market Mechanics
Section1: Chapter- 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
rl
[c] BryceGiknore2004
Basically
it meansit is compressing
like a spring.Whenit doesthis, stop
ordersaccumulate
on eitherside of the future breakoutpoints,oncethe
ordersgo markettheywill causea sharprunfor a time.
DAILYLEVELS:
OpeningPrice- High- Low& Close
Beforeyou contemplate
traderyou will alsoneedto
becoming
a professional
learnsomebasicfactsaboutthe marketplace.
The OPENINGPRICE:
The openingpriceis a leveldeterminedby the amountof ordersin the
systemthatwillfacilitatefair-trading.
Officialmarketmakersdeterminea level prior to the openingrotationof
stockswheretheywill bid andoffer individual
stocK.Theiractionsstartthe
by
ballrollingfor the day.Fromthereon the pricefluctuations
aredetermined
the supplyanddemandpressures
of the day.
19
Sectionl: Chapter- 2
The DAILYHIGH:
refuseto payhigherpricesThehighfor the day is the pricewhereBUYERS
the firstsignof the highfor the daywill be lowvolumeasthe highis reached.
of OFFERS
therewill be an abundance
As far as marketdepthis concerned
andveryfew BIDSto keepthe marketrising.Asthe buyersareall consumed
to find the next leveldownwhere
the sellershaveto reducetheir OFFERS
BUYERS
canbefound.
thereis no marketdepthof newBUYERS
Thefast movesdownoccurbecause
standing
whenthe sellerswantto liquidate.
i.Q.,it couldbe a
Thehighfor the daycouldoccurfor anynumberof reasons,
gather
in abundance
or it couldbe somenews
technicallevelwheresellers
releasewherethe buyersjust headfor the hillsor decideto liquidatetheir
longpositions
andbecomeurgentsellers.
As traderswe need to be alert and watch for the SIGNSto identifythe
reasons
for the reversal.
The DAILYLOW:
is the
Basically
of the dailyhigh- the onlydifference
this is just the opposite
SELLERS
dry up.
The SELLERS
couldhaveliquidatedall they want to for the day and are
positions
on the SHORT
waitingfor higherpricesor theymayhaveprofitable
just
profit.
at a
sideand
wantto covertheirpositions
Whatoneneedsto be alertto on anygiventradingdayis the marketMOOD.
Thereis boundto be someoutsideinfluenceeitherin the newsor some
fundamental
economicreportthat tradersare watchingout for that will
influence
theiractions.
The DAILYCLOSE:
The daily closingpriceis the placewherethe officialmarketmakersare
prepared
to meeteachotheron the BIDandOFFER.
Forthe S&P500we have500 stockstradingall day and the CASHINDH(
(SPX)of theirvalueis beingupdatedsecondby second.Thefuturesmarket
of the CASHINDEXdirection.Buyersand
tradeson the trader'sexpectations
reasons.
sellers
comeandgo alldayfor manynumerous
MarketMechanics
20
Section1: Chapter- 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
SUMMARY
Nowif you can understand
whatI havetold you in this chapteryou are half
waythereto becoming
a successful
trader.
youstillhaveto knowhowto execute
I sayonlyhalfwaybecause
tradeswith
theminimum
of riskwhentheoppoftunity
arises.
RISKmanagement
is the singlemostimpoftantpaft of beinga successful
trader.I haveseengoodtradersmakemoneyweekin weekout for long
periods,andthenall of a suddentakea biasedviewof whatthe marketwill
do andholda positionagainstall oddsexpecting
it to comeback.I haveeven
beenguiltymy self,my saviourhasonlybeenthatI havea ruleneverto hold
a positionat the closeif the tradeis in a losingposition,no matterwhatthe
cost,I haveto "eat" it becauseif I don'tI will not sleepat night.Eventhe
nextday if it wouldhavecomebackI can livewith it because
the oddsare
you
50/50andI knowthe worstusuallyhappens
hoping.
I willtalk
when
staft
moreon thislater.
Market Mechanics
Section1: Chapter- 2
[c] BryceGilmore2004
I
I
Section 1l chapter
3:
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Sectionl: Chapter-3
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
for you to
Thesemarketpricelevelsaloneare enoughmarketknowledge
makea successful
careeras professional
trader- if you wereto tradewith a
policy.
closestoplossriskmanagement
I oftenwonderto myselfas I watchthe marketeek its way betweenthese
points"whois buyingandsellingin between".
I cancome
Theonlyconclusion
to is that it is the trend followers,systemtraders,marketmakersor the
gamblingpublic.Because
any professional
traderworthhis"salt"wouldwait
untilthe criticallevelswerereached
beforeplacingtheirtrades.
The only way to guaranteesuccessin this businessis to only act when
everythingappearsto be in your favour.You shouldneverchasea trade
you missedthe train. I havewatchedsometraders,evendoneit
because
myself,losemoneytime andtimeagainbecause
theydid not actat the right
priceandchasedthe tradeinto a territorywheretheycouldnot applyproper
riskmanagement.
TREND:
Section1: Chapter-3
[c] BryceGilmore2004
Section 1l chapter
4:
THE3-DAYSWING:
Thethree-dayswingchaftis the bestMEDIUM-TERM
indicatorof TREND
as
corrections
in strongtrendsshouldnot persistfor morethantwo dqyr.They
mightin the earlydaysof a newtrendbut whenyou get into a 3'owaveof
ELLIOTT
degreethe trendshouldbe wellestablished
andstickto my rules.If
you
theydon'tthen
shouldbe immediately
alertthatthe currentmarkettrend
is exhausted.
3 bay Swing
tf
ilfl
I
+ lf
TriggerPoint#
82061?
AZBEZ?
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Ezg?LI
WHERE
HASTHEMARKET
BEEN
IN THEPAST3 DAYS?
GOING
This exampleshowsthe low on an OutsideReversal
day breakingup for 5
days triesto selloff for 3 daysbreaksbackup for 4 dayscorrectsintothe
3'ddayandbreaksoutto the upside.It wasa confirmed
BUYat thattime.
3 Bar Swine Charts
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section1: Chapter- 4
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
We haveseveralwaysto determine
the relevantdirectionas a guideto the
We needto knowif the marketposition
currentmarketstrengthor weakness.
is ABOVE
the BAI-ANCE
POINTof the 3-dayMNGE.
or BELOW
TERMtrend.
The 3 day Swingchartis an indicatorof the currentMEDIUM
Theswingis eitherUPor DOWNbasedon the recentPRICE
activity.
3-DAYSWINGCHARTS:
Theseare constructed
usingthe highsand lows of the past4 days.For
instanceif the currentpricetodaymovesbelowthe lowsof the past3 days
the swingis down- if the pricetodaymovesabovethe highsof the past3
daysthe swingis up. Eachsignalis a relevantappraisal
of the mediumterm
REVERSAL
of the
directionof the market. If the marketmakesan OUTSIDE
past2 daysrangethe trendhaschanged.
The 3-dayswingchartis the simplestway you can keepyour mindfocused
on the generalmarketdirection.
Onceyou knowthe generaldirectionof the marketyou canmoveontousing
toolsthatwilltellyouthe strengthor weakness
of the currentswing.
I havetriedto drumthissimpleapproach
intoeverystudentof minefor years
- they (the
and foundthat to somethe simplethingsare easilydiscarded.
idiots)simplyforget to look at the obviousSIGNSand attemptto make
Youneed
decisions
basedon otherthingstheythinkare moresophisticated.
to look up the word "sophisticate"
in the dictionary- it means- MAKE
- makeworldly-wise!
- a' la sophistication
ARTIFICIAL,
depriveof simplicity
yourlife!
makeit harderandcomplicate
Keepit simpleandit is easy- that is my message.
THE 3-DAYSWINGIS EITHERUP OR DOWN
It will holdformwiththe trendso it cannotbe ignored.If the commitment
of
tradersis not in the direction
of the trendit willtell youto beware.
The 3 HourSwingChart:
If you wantto filterthe 3-dayswingchaftyou canmovedownin timeto the
hourly3 bar swing- it's hardlyworthgoingdownto lessertime frames,for
this you canjust use a SLOWSTOCHASTIC
to determineif the short-term
movesareshowingoverbought
signals.
or oversold
3 Bar Swine Charts
Section1: Chapter- 4
Usingthe hourlyINTRA-DAY
dataoverthe sameperiodfrom the July24n,
2002 low shownon the chaft on page24 you can see how muchmore
information
to yourtradinganalysisand decisionmaking
becomesavailable
process.
ESBZU-68
r
B?/31
|
B8/B?
t
I
3 Hour"lySuuing
!
f______Jl
B?/19
E7/25
I
I
|
B8/13
llllllllll
88/19
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
Youhaveto continually
readthe marketmoodfromthe patternof the trading
to stayin syncwiththe currentmarketmood.
To assistyourselfyou shouldcontinually
watchthe newsenteringthe market
andevaluate
the effectit is havingon the players.
I
i
I
To tradewithoutwatching
the newsis a realfaultsometradersfall into.
3 Bar Swing Charts
Section1: Chapter- 4
Section
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
1: chapter5:
gEs.sB
ESBZU_EO
,,l'ulr t
951.BB
LowerHiqhs
-
hhl/ry
.:!r,fl\t.....Ee.rsrsrr.e.e.....
s33.80
gts. EB
8g?.sg
8?3.BB
HigherLows
861.B0
843.88
BASICPATTERNANALYSIS
825.BB
8E?.BO
?89.60
ffil
B?/a4/ZAWZ
Ha iri
E7/ZZ
88/88
08/16
EE/27
0gl45
The occurrences
of this phenomena
are morelikelyon the intra-daychafts
varyingdownfrom 60 minuteto 5 minutethantheyareon a dailychaftbut
theydo occuron the dailychaftandmustalwaysbeviewedas possibilities.
The dailychaft is morelikelyto containslightfalsebreaksat majordouble
bottomsor doubletops.
Highs & Lows
Section1: Chapter- 5
t
I
Section 1: chapter6:
The50o/o
levelof the past2 and3-daytradingrangeis the oneI placemost
focuson.
I
I
Mystandard
rulesare:-
I
T
I
ThC2 and3-DAYRANGE:
ficharts CSU
85831{-5
s4a.Eg
CurrentTrendis in a StrongPosition
S3?.BE
934. BE
I
I
I
g31.8A
gz8.68
9Z5.BB
szz.EE
of 3 dcy Ronge
g1g.BB
glE. BB
E5/ZZ/?;993
65/?6
I
I
I
913.E0
Hain
28
Section1: Chapter- 6
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
[charts CSU
95.1.08
S5B.BE
sz?.Bs
918.BB
914.BA
65/28/?;B/B.3
h{airr
B5/L4
A5l15
ESB3lt-5
g3?. BB
934. BB
931.86
926.BB
szs.0B
szz.gB
919.08
glE. BB
913.BB
g5/23/zBE3
l'fair.r
ffi/ZB
29
Sectionl: Chapter- 6
[c] BryceGilmore2004
no
Alwaysremember
that the 50% levelis the signof strengthor weakness
matterwhatdegreeof timeframeyouarelookingat.
Whatfollowedwasan insidedaywhichretraced38.2of the 3 dayrangeand
foundsupport.
Nowtherewasa holidayfor Memorial
Dayon the Mondayfollowingthis last
going
chartandthe nexttradingdaywas
to beTuesday27ffiMay.
Echarts f,SU
954. BB
ESBSH-18
S5B.BB
s46. BB
s4z.aB
s38.8A
s34.BB
938.BB
SZE.BB
szz. E6
27thOpens4
beginsto rnlly
91CI.
BB
s14.BA
Bi5/27/?:BiB3
l{a in
E5/13
Es/ZL
9/5/23
E5/27
30
Section1: Chapter- 6
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
ESO3Z-30
1s44.46
1848.ES
1836.86
10.32.69
ilgzfr.w
LEZ4.Bg
LAZA.AA
1616.BB
1A1u.BB
r/q,
1488.AB
gg/24/26fd3
B9/LI
69:34
ISZ7.g6
1:g,?J.75
31
16Z4.Z5
1B,z.4.?5 gg/24
Section1: Chapter- 6
Section
[c] BryceGihnore2004
1: chapter7:
I
I
I
I
marketimpulsemovements
wavesof simihrdegreein progressive
Corrective
preceding
greater
waveof similardegreeif
corrective
thanthe
shouldnot be
the trendis goingto remainintactwithinthatdegree.
T
I
?)
'
Sectionl: Chapter- 7
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
COMPLE(MNGE DEGREES:
PROJECTING
AN IMPULSEWAVETARGETPRICEUSING
THE1:1 RULE:
I
I
I
I
The benefit of the 1:1 projection tool is that it can give you a profit
targettoaimfor. If the marketreaches
the 1:1targetandcontinues
on then
it is tellingyouthatthe currenttrendin progress
is strong.
I
I
I
I
I
I
Forinstance
whena marketis advancing
froma lowpricein a retracement
of
previous
a
rangeof largerdegreea 1:1 pCIectionmayterminateon a 38.2,
50 or 61.8of the rangeit is retracing.
Thiscouldbe a goodreasonto reverse
positionat the targetprice.
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
Section1: Chapter- 7
[c] BryceGiknore2004
FAILURE:
1:1 CORRECTION
the littlethingsthat canprovideSIGNSof whatis likelyto come
It is amazing
asthe dayprogresses.
has
Thisis a situationthat couldoccuron a regularbasis.The 1:1 correction
you believing
the marketwill take out the currentdayshighbut something
the mindsof the playersand the marketcan'tdo it. A breakback
changes
throughthe 1:1lowis a SELLSIGN.
FAILURE:
1: I PROJECTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
Everylittle thing that happenson the day is impoftantto obseruein this
in the next
MOVE
an UNDERBAI-ANCING
Youcouldcallthisexample
business.
progression.
Thebreakout
of the highfailsandthe marketreturnsto the prior
andthenbreaksfor a SELL.
support.Thisonlyholdstemporally
Rule
The l:1 Overbalancing
Sectionl: Chapter-7'
I
t
t
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGihnore2004
WHATCONSTITUTES
A LEGffiMATE1:1 CALCUI-ATION:
in an existingtrendin wavesof similar
1 . The 1:1 mustbe a correction
degree.
in an existingtrendin wavesof similar
2 . The 1:1 mustbe an expansion
degree.
In the examplebelowyou will seethat I dont considerexample[2] as a
legitimate
Thereasonis the marketwasgoingup priorto the
1:1 calculation.
BC correctionand the 1:1 being calculatedis supposedto represent
off is
resistance
for a correction
levelwhenthe ABwaveit is beingmeasured
expansionary.
Thetwo dont mixin my book.
ES63U-18
,1-- "teffi::"i;"Nofii=""
This is o legitiinote
[3] is CORRECT
I
I
I
37
'
Sectionl: Chapter- 7
a prior
All you haveto remember
overbalances
is that as soonas a correction
correctionthe wavedegreemovesup a level.You can start anotherlesser
the higherdegreewave
degree1:1waveseriesbutyou needto alsocalculate
1:l'saswell.
+13''6
frum,
rr
Neul
Frojections
After this high the
Ll correcfionhas a
mo<imum
amplitude
of 5 to maintainthe
samewove degree
in the sequence.
+13^6 *e
in the
in progress
Thisis whatthrewthe spannerin the worK. Thecorrection
-5
-5^4
(twoticksmore).
chartaboveinvalidated
the by declining
Thecorrectwayto handlethissituationis this:
+15^4
l-csser1:1
L A R 6 E Rb E 6 R ,E E
WAVETO A,lEASURE
-5^4
Just os longoe the new corraetion
exccsdadthe prior correclionstha
DEGREElbl THE WAVEShasto
ba roised for gcometricreasons.
Just go with the FLOWone step at a time and don't confusethe issue
anymorethanyou haveto. Stickto the rules- someare easierto seethan
othersbuttheseexamples
arethe wayI do it.
The l:1 Overbalancing
Rule
38
Sectionl: Chapter- 7
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
Section 1: chapter8:
S&P586
High 1414.fiB
Loru
?8S.58
Hge, 26.39
w p- ' ] J z i
.:_-2
{- CORR,ECTIONS
OF LE55THAhI
3 b*vs
B3BZ13
ffi4325
39
Section1: Chapter- 8
[c] BryceGilmore2004
Section 1: chaptere:
-r lffiffiF-l
f alssi.onsl
00
ti .4..
tl
00.00
A,,vc'\:verbought
||,,__t
#V
0@
\
ADX above both
DI's
0 11 '12 t3
-:[l Frllav
14
15
10 11 12
06-m i,bffkv
13
14
'rs
olhulk'*
tradesthat
Therearetwo indicators
I alwaysmonitorasa filterto compliment
going
swing.
to be counterto the trendof the 3-day
are
you
If you are contemplating
a tradeagainstthe short-termtrend,because
takingplace,you shouldverifythe
haveidentifieda geometricexhaustion
potentialusingthesetwo indicators.
havebeenworking
if the indicators
A shorttradehasmorechanceof success
in Overboughtterritory.
havebeenworking
if the indicators
A longtradehasmorechanceof success
in Oversoldterritory.
sellthat set itselfup
Todaythe besttradeof the day was a counter-trend
pefectly. A line of logicalsupportwas formed at the 975 level. The
in S1C7.It wasa foregone
rulewas in playas demonstrated
Overbalancing
would
be nestedunderthe 975
conclusion
that the daytradersstopsto sell
had
level.The potentialdownwas goingto be goodas the old resistance
you
canseefromthe
the newsupportandthatwasdownat 966.As
become
to.
illustration
that is wherethe marketdeclined
signals,I take
for tradingcounter-trend
Youshouldalwayshavegoodreasons
mustbe right.
themallthetimebuttheconditions
Short Term Trend
Sectionl: Chapter- 9
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
Whenyou take a lookat this particulartradecloseup it wasreallya gift setup that shouldneverhavebeenoverlooked.
,e [---------
-l r*avalE--l
r as*i.*
-3^2-
l[,r/
Ih+fl,-o
''l
ftffH *",nn:g:r,'L'
4
ll .r*
The PATTERNS
the marketmakescouldbe comparedto instrumentsin an
airplanein thattheywamyouof the dangeror oppoftunity
that liesahead.
Youshouldstudysomeof the SIGNSI havenotedon this chaftthat led meto
SELLthe breakof 975whenthe oscillators
werein agreement.
I*a'el6-*-l
r-Arsm.
(Et)r&
1t:15:m
o.m
0.m
0.m
0.m
{1_4
&l
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
ShortTerm Trend
4l
Sectionl:Chapter-9
[c] BryceGilmore2004
TheBigPfT TRADEDCONTRACT
Price 963.53
Date 06ru3,m
Time l1:50:00
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
T
I
I
Close 972.50
Csr% -0.2
# Bars16
I
Incidentally
the PITtradedcontractmadean exact1:1 (8x8)on the 61.8to
traders
my point.Theremusthavebeenplentyof professional
demonstrate
readyto acton thissignalwhenit camein. It wasas clearasthe trafficlights
on everysecondstreetcorner.
42
Sectionl: Chapter- 9
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
T
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
SeCtiOn 1: chapter1o:
ReversalBars:
Oneof the mostimpoftantthingsa daytraderneedsto payattentionto is the
priceactivity,i.e.,the high/lowrangeandthe directionof the price
S-minute
activity.
Eachnewchaftbaris tellinga storydepending
uponwhatwentbefore.
The bestway I find to visuallyfollowthe currentmarketactivityis by using
JAPANESE
CANDLESTICK
chafts.The UPBARShavehollowbodiesand the
downbarshavedarkor colouredbodies.Moston-linedata providers
allow
youto setyourowncolours.I useWHITEbarsfor the UPbarsandREDbars
for the DOWNbars.
The examples
in this bookwill showthe DOWNbarsas BLACK.
The bodyof
the bar denotesthe openand the closeand the narrowlinesindicatethe
extremes
between
the highandthe low.
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section1: Chapter-10
[c] BryceGilmore2004
BARPATTERN:
THEOUTSIDEREVERSAL
Thisis the strongestsignalfor a temporaryreversalon a s-minutechartor
with this bar
majorreversalif it occurson a dayonlychart- the difference
baris both
andthe simplereversalbaris thatthe pricerangein the reversal
preceding
of the bar is lower
bar andthe CLOSE
higherand lowerthanthe
thanthe lowof the priorbar.
Outside
Reversol
Bar
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
in a bulltrend,
Two 5 minuteblackbarsin a row usuallysignala correction
two white barsin a row generallytell you the correctionis over.You can
reverse
the process
in a beartrend.
ReversalBars
Section1: Chapter- 10
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
GRAVESTONE
DOJI:
Thisbarcouldoccuron its ownor it couldconfirma reversalpattern.In this
pattern.
example
Dojifolloweda standard
reversal
the Gravestone
the high
At first the marketlookedlikeit wasreversing
andthen it attacked
of the sellers
again,exceeded
it andthenfailed.Thisshowedthe conviction
at the timeandthe factthattherewereno buyersaroundto takethe market
higher.
6ravestoneDoji
I
II
+
61,8%Retrocement
Tl
l+l
{\nil i+
iil*r
fromthe
Evenif youdid not seeit whenit happened
the 6I.80/oretracement
"set
firstdeclineprovided
for a goodchaftreader.
up"situation
a
Oncethe markethas demonstrated
a reversalof the short-termtrendyou
normallyalwaysget a secondopportunity,either at a 50o/oor a 61.8%
retracement.
Youcansellintothe strengthwith limitedrisk.
I
I
DOJI BARS:
Thereareseveraltypesof DOIIPATTERNS
of themall
butthe maincharacter
is that theyOPENandCLOSE
the barat the samelevel.Theoryis that they
areindicating
indecision
between
the buyersandthe sellers.
t
I
I
I
I
Gruueslronc
ReversalBars
Doji
Hanging*ion
Section1: Chapter- 10
HAMMERS:
Hammers
are similarin a way to the Gravestone
or the HangingManDojithe onlydifference
is theyhavea headlikea hammer.
Neveftheless
theycanbethe firstsignof exhaustion
to the currentthrust.
It is nicewhenyou seea HAMMER
on a falsebreakof a MOB,i.e.,whenthe
marketpricepenetrates
a MOBlevelby a coupleof TICKSandthenreverses
leavinga HAMMER
BARor a barwith a longreversalleg.Evena HAMMER
on
any new low or high in the intra-dayS-minutechart is a SIGNthat the
hammer
impulse
haspotentially
stalled.
Wheneveryou reachthe vicinityof a pre-calculated
MOB(Makeor Break
Level)you are lookingfor SIGNSof resistance
or supportfor a reversalto
occur.
iangle
Morkel forces fail to close the gop
Honncr rJ
15 ninuies
iltnl
/r HOilitGF
l4ofrrcrthc OPEN
boublaTop
HommerBars
You are not goingto see everysmallreversalconformto standardreversal
bar theorybut you will see at least50o/oof reversals
terminatedon BARS
similarto the onesI havementioned
here.
TheseBARpatternsare an indicatorof the currentto the minutetrader
interest- neverforget no matterwhat your overallopinionof the market
directionis it is onlythe traderswhotakeit fromonelevelto another.
Significant
intra-day
SIGNS
for the professional
daytraderare:1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
46
t
I
Double
Tops
DoubleBottoms
OutsideReversal
Bars
Gravestone
ManDoji's
or Hanging
Hammers
ReversalBars
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section1: Chapter- 10
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section
1: chapter11:
ReversalPatterns:
Identiffingthe potential
to yoursuccess
asa trader.
of patternsis paramount
Topsor bottomscan form numerous
typesof patternsthat leadto a daily
reversal
of trend.
II.ITRA-bAY REVERSALPATTER.NIs
5 minute bors
t\Aorkeitnokesa boseevsr on
or longer.
:_hr
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
'i+fil
wiih reiesl
I
I
I
I
EXHAUSTIONTOF
ReversalPatterns
Section1: Chapter- 11
[c] BryceGilmore2004
INTM-DAYTOPOR BOTTOM
Followedby a 50 or 61.8 RETMCEMENT:
The weaknessin the marketat a new high is evidentby the precise
retracement,
therein force.
asthe sellershavecongregated
l'lev.rHI6H ->
RetrEeement
5O or 61.8
Breok ->>
5 minute bars
II{TR,A-bAYREVERSAL
INTM-DAYDOUBLE
TOPORBOTTOM
Followed
by a BREAK
OUT:
Doubletopsanddoublebottomswill havemorepotentialfor profitif theyare
a reversal
backin the direction
of the dailytrend.
RVERSNL
BACKIN THEbIRECTION
OFTHE 3 DAY 5WI}'J6TRENID
ReversalPatterns
Section1: Chapter- 11
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
TOPPING
PATTERNS:
TOPFtI'LG
F,ATTERFls
5 minutes
Section1: Chapter-11
[c] BryceGilmore2004
TOPPINGPATTERNS:
lrghs
<<<<<{<<<<
Should trot bE more
thon 1:1
..1t,
,nfl I
ft
.lJul
V
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
Naw High ->
Lowar HI6H
Section1: Chapter- 11
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
il
[c] BryceGilmore2004
TOPPING
PATTERNS:
rA4poRTi{NT
LEVEL------.
.. 1.... .
OverloppingWovas
2
NevisuFport
FJ TLURE
ERENK
Mostprofessional
tradersare awareof this phenomenon,
as it is a signof
short-termexhaustion
in trend.Youcan obseruethis patternin the INTMDAYpriceactionbetterthananywhere
elseso it becomes
a SIGNfor you to
watchout for when the marketrefusesto gain HARDLY
any manymore
incheseachtimeit breaksoutto newlevels.
3-Drivesinto an exhaustionphase reversalshould have OVERLAPPING
WAVESin my opinionto showthe exhaustion
process.
Onceyouget the washoutthe marketcouldrecoverfullyon the dayor it may
continue
intoa two-daydecline.
956.BB
953. AB
95A.9S
3 DRIVESto cn EXHAUSTfON
Corractions
over-bolancing
94?. AB
944.6A
941.BE
s38. 86
OVERLAPS
s35.A0
!|3z.sa
9ZS.A0
<- Thrustfollor,ued
by Stognation
sz6.Ba
l1
ReversalPattems
5l
Section1: Chapter- l l
Trading
thesepatterns:
I
I
of the buyers
Themarketpriceis alwaysworkingto the strengthor weakness
or sellerspreparedto committo the currenttrend - nothingmore and
breaksBUY.
nothingless.WhensuppoftbreaksSELL;whenresistance
THINGSTO REMEMBER:
SOMEIMPORTANT
Whenthe marketgoesup in a hurryit cancomebackdownin a hurryand
viceversa.
Whenthe marketis movingin tight rangesthen expectthe tight rangesto
continue
stanceor standaside.
andtakeon a scalping
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
Alwaysconsider
the marketvolatilitybeforeyou starthangingintoa position
andgoingfor the HOMERUNhit.
Themarketis notdissimilar
ballmostof the time.Therisesand
to a bouncing
reallyspooksonesideor the
fallsare accentuated
whenthe NEWSFACTOR
other.
ReversalPatterns
Section1: Chapter-ll
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
Section
[c] BryceGilmore2004
1: chapter12:
ContinuationPatterns:
Identiffingthe SIGNS
that infera continuation
of trendis enoughon its own
to makeyoumoney.
Themarketpatternwill unfoldin sucha waythat it infersthe currenttrendis
stillintact.
Whenyourecognize
the signsyoucanenterthe marketwitha closestoploss
eachtimeit movesintonewterritory.
.ffi
BreakobovcoH high
ContinuationPatterns
Section1: Chapter- 12
[c] BryceGilmore2004
1{r 5^4
: HIaHER IOTI/
ab=
13.58 cd=
6.?5
cdlab=
6.580
[C] Bryce6ilmore
ab=
5.50 cil=
5.5S
cdlab=
1.BBE
The unfoldingpatternproduced
a tripletop - this occursthroughthe actions
of the daytraderssellingthe priorhighs.Youcantell that theireffoftswere
notgettinganyfollowthroughbythe shallowdepth.
Afterthe 3'dtop the marketreceivedsupportat the levelof the reversalafter
the 2notop. Confirmation
of the continuation
camewhenthe marketbroke
outthroughthe topsof the rectangle
that hadbeenformed.
The ultimateend to this rallywill be determined
by geometryin the larger
picture.
greaterthan5^4 pointsit is timeto lookfor selling
Whenwe get a correction
oppoftunities.
The first warningwill be a correction
that is greaterthanthe
point
latest4^4
correction.
ContinuationPatterns
I
I
I
Continuation
Potterns
lPlrice
I
I
I
SectionI: Clnpter - 12
I
I
I
t
I
t
t
I
I
t
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
RESTAN6LE
5^4
l/l/hifst the correetions do rrrl excad
ths 5^4 banchmarkthc trand is intact
IPlrice
ab=
5.58 cd=
4.58
cd/ab= 4.818
Confirmation
of a reversalto this uptrendwill be the marketpricecrossing
backoverall the breakoutlevelswe havemadeon the way up as well as
exceeding
the original38.2correction
of 13^4 in the largerdegree.
Ourguidelines
are clear- if we followthemthe marketwill leavethe SIGNS
to guideus.
ContinuationPatterns
Section1: Chapter- 12
[c] BryceGilmore2004
Continuotion
Potterns
[C]BryceGilmore
Breoksrlfrorning
High-rt
1:1
ondmrlier high
I
I
I
I
t
Hereis an exampleof a continuation
patternthat developed
after a sharp
correction
beganon the releaseof a 10:00amreport.The reportwasn'tthat
badit just camein as unchanged
whentherewasan expected
improvement.
Afterthe fireworKsubsided
the 1* rallywasretraced61.8andthe 61.8was
madeon a 5 minuteHammeror Dojibar.A breakoutup thensucceeded
into
the zonewherethe markethadpreviously
brokendownfrom.Thefollowing
correction
wasidenticalin lengthto the 61.8correction
registering
a 1:1 with
it. The nextrallyhighpenetrated
the openingrangebeforemakinga 1:1 (in
blue)balanced
correction
of largerdegree.Thenextadvance
whenmeasured
off its correctionlow to 1:1 (in purple) came out as a double top.
Theoretically
this was a Sell point in my bookbut it did not work and the
marketbrokeup andthroughthe morninghighsignalling
a CONTINUATION
anda BUY.
Themoralto this is if youworkthe guidelines
I am showingyouthenyouwill
knowif the technicalpositionis continuing
to be strongor weak.Theworse
casescenario
you
on the day was
hadto buy the breakoutof the morning
high whenit came.But therewere severalothertradesbeforethat which
stoodout usingmy methods.
ContinuationPatterns
56
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section1: Chapter-12
I
I
I
I
I
','/"/"
Tradingto WIN Course- One day at a time
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
LARGERECTANGLES:
Fromtime to time you will noticethat the marketgetscaughtin a BOXlike
patternmakinga seriesof topsandbottomsthatareequal.Thisis knownas
a rectangle
andin charting
termsimplies
a continuation.
Continuation meansthat whicheverdirectionthe marketenteredthe
rectangle
in the first placeit will exitit in the samedirection.
Qcharts 8SU
rraz.Ea--
109s.aB
1884.80
u81.BB
1B?8.BB
ESB'H-E
DoublcBo*'hon
Foiluu
Continuation
down->
1875' BE
lE?Z.g6
1869.80
r----___lltlxx+
E4/25
B,4/ZE
84/28
g4/28
g4/26
A /ZE
Oncethe rectanglebreaksfor the first time you can expecta retestof the
break.
The retestleg shouldnot retraceanymorethan38.2olo
the length,of in this
example,D to the failuresupportlevelandthen the continuation
shouldbe
ceftain.
On the nextbreakof the failuresupportlevelthe breakshouldbe cleanand
keepgoing.
- it is
Oncethe breakoutoccursin the first placeit is implyinga continuation
just a matterof time.
Onceyou canidentifytechnlcalbuyingor sellingoff specificlevetsthe whole
approach
to makingyour nexttradebecomes
easy.You alreadyknowthat
whentheselevelsfail the traderson the wrongside haveto take evasive
action,andhelppushthe marketin yourpreferred
direction.
Thisis the samefor all consolidation
patterns.
ContinuationPatterns
Section1: Chapter- 12
[c] BryceGilmore2004
CONTINUATIONBARS:
Thestrongest
singlesignalfor a continuation
of trendis the outsidereversal
barin the directionof the priortrend.
Thesesignals
willapplyto alltimeframes.
S&P5BB
date AZEBZZ
hi
966.88
trlrl
ilr
[gcleTrader
CONTINUATICIFISI6NALS
lu
date
Hain
?F7.58
EZlB18
BUA?I?
BZE8ES
AZB833
BZB513
BE1BB3
BZIBZ.T
ContinuationPatterns
Section1: Chapter- 12
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
Section
[c] BryceGilmore2004
1: chapter13:
GeneralPatternTools:
LINES IN THE SAND:
The E-Minicanfrom time to time drawlinesin the sandovera 2 or 3-day
period.Linesin the sandcan alsoform over manydays. Firstthe line is
drawnas a resistance
levelthen,sooneror laterthe marketbreaksthroughit
andthen keepsreturningto that level,the levelhas now becomesuppoft.
Whathappens
at first is that traderskeepsellingoff the levelandaftenruards
they keepbuyingoff it. The linein the sandbecomes
the balancepointand
anybreakeithersideof it signals
a buyor a sell.
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
HIGHERHIGHSWith HIGHERLOWS:
Whenyou look at a chaft you shouldsee immediately
if the currentchaft
patterncontainshigherhighswith higherlows,if so thenvisuallythe TREND
is UPandshouldbe considered
up untilsuchtime as it startsbreakingback
throughthe swinglows.Oldswinghighswill offerinitialsupport.
LOWERHIGHSwith LOWERLOWS:
Thesamethingin reverseto the above,Lowerhighswith lowerlowsindicate
a strongtrenddownis in progress
anduntilthe marketbeginsbreakingback
throughprevious
swinghighsthe trendremainsdown.Old swinglowswill
offerinitialresistance.
Thereis muchto be learntsimplybyvisually
examining
thechaft.
GeneralPatternTools
Section1: Chapter- 13
[c] BryceGilmore2004
TRENDLINES:
your
Wheneverything
elseis not clearyou shouldalwaysreveftto enclosing
currentpatterninsidetrendlines.
A trendlineis drawnup or downusingpriceextremes.
Irrf
*1,
'fl{
t*tt*,0,*;il#
Er*akr
. SEll
$ell Cunfirm
I hr bsft opparhrnilies come wtsn tha trEnd lilre ir srrpporting 6 TrEnk rtruLirrrs"
Section1: Chapter- 13
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
TRIANGLES:
SymmetricalTriangleor CoilingPattern:
The symmetrical
triangleis a patternformedin a trend wherethe market
goessideways
for sometimemakinglowerhighsandhigherlows.
Anotherdescription
we havefor this phaseis COILING,that is the marketis
buildingup energyto go somewhere.
The longera marketspendsCOILING
the ensuing
the more unpredictable
movewill be.The reasonis that all the pafticipants,
bothlongandshoft,are
gettingneruousaboutthe futuredirectionand preparing
to bailout if their
positiongoesthe wrongwayon them.
You have to ALWAYSremember that the reason markets move one
way or the other is becauseone side is capitulating.Trianglesform
when buyersand sellercare in a state of balance.
t
Bggqlogt
goigfs-
il*ll
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
points
Breokout
Coi I ing llltarkef Pattern
Edwards
andMageewouldsaythatthis patterninfersa breakout
will cometo
the upside.My experience
tells me that you couldexpectthe marketto go
eitherway.
Onceenoughtime haspassedfromthe originalthrust,whichoccurred
before
the congestion
began,any momentum
the markethadonewayor the other
hasbeendissipated.
Betterto beout andwaitfor a confirmation
breakout.
There are variousdescriptions
for trianglesand each has a different
implication.
Personally
I thinkthat whentrianglesbeginto formtheycanbe
misinterpreted
and just continueas enduringrangecongestion.
Triangles
are more reliablein fast moving markeb.
GeneralPatternTools
Section1: Chapter-13
[c] BryceGilmore2004
TRIANGLES:
ASCENDING& DESCENDING
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
= Flattop withascending
Ascending
bottoms.
If the ascending
triangleoccursin a fast movingmarketthe higherlowsare
an indication
of the breakoutpotential.
formof identification
Anymoveexitinga triangleshouldhavesomeseparate
triangle
and the descending
to confirmmarketdirection,i.e., the ascending
havethe doubletop or the doublebottombreakasa formof confirmation.
Thedescending
trianglehasa flat bottomwith lowertops.
The lowertops implyweakness
so you wouldsellon a breakof the double
If the marketwereto go
bottom,whenthe marketconfirmsa continuation.
up you wouldbuy only whenit getsout of the areawhereit couldstill be
forminga rectangle.
fr'
T+
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
GeneralPatternTools
Section1: Chapter- 13
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
[c] BryceGiknore2004
SectiOn 1: chapter14:
hi
, * t t t r ? l go r r l
l*ol
GscleTrader
Io
ricrte fi?lEZB
l'fain
<- Exhousfion
S,4P
lllsrkat opcnsuay balowprior doy
1s1.EB
8?E9ZB
t
8?1BBg
tl
87L8?'2,
r
g?1164
8?111?
8?13B3
Sectionl: Chapter-14
[c] BryceGilmore2004
Section1: Chapter- 14
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
The SPREAD
be it a premiumor a discounton the futuresto the cashwill
provideanotherclue as to the future expectations
of traderspushingthe
marketin onedirectionor the other.
t
t
Nowbackto GAPS:
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
]i+
EgcleTrader
6ri?
'
| Tr
l-
SmnllGoP/'-.ll
['
FillstheGAFand6AP5
t\ltorketfinds support
on the AP braakout
J
I
1o
rlate
Hain
?8fi.58
8383i"Z
B3E3B?
838318
B3B3Zfi
B3B4B9
B384ZZ
B3B5B5
of the waytradersacton
Nowthisis not a surethingbut it is a goodexample
theory.
in
the
GAP
massbecause
of theirbelief
On a day-to-daybasisusingintra-daydatathe GAPtheoryhasto havea
placein yourthinkingbecause
it eithertellsyouwhetherthereis strengthor
is displayed
on an
weakness
at that level.As eachnew pieceof information
intra-day
chaftyou needto readthe signs.
Gaps,Gap Reversals,Avg Range
Section1: Chapter-14
[c] BryceGilmore2004
sBs.A6
GAPREVERSALS
8SS.BB
8S3.BB
887.08
881.04
I
I
875.BB
889.BE
863.BB
057.BB
s51.BS
845.BB
s3g.BE
fla in
I
I
I
I
E3/2I
E3/28
B3/ZA
64/gZ
8,4/87
9,4/IB
VARIOUS
TYPESOF GAPS:
TYPESOF 9,4P5
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
Gaps,GapReversals,
Avg Range
Section1: Chapter- 14
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
DAY:
GAPREVERSAL
AND AN OUTSIDEREVERSAL
sfiF58S
Higlr
LLtq
Egrr
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
EJB531
mnge ,
S2ffit:I
366.BB
773.A9
193.BA
S
F
<-- eAPREVERS/{L
b/qv
& OUTSIDER,EVERSAL
n
E
A
D
T
n
R
l
E
z
l(
6Z,6719 EZBTZE
67
Sectionl: Chapter-14
DAYS:
GAPREVERSAL
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
HiB3.t-15
[charts CSU
1611. BO
1008^4
1085. BB
s|!|.00
sst.B0
s87.AB
981.BB
s?5.00
s6s.m
963.BO
S5?.BB
9s1.AB
ffi/ffirw
g8?.?5
986.0B
SB?.?5
86/85
I
I
I
I
TIHE CYCLE
rfil
AZTSLA
TB] AZIZAZ
I
I
I
I
I
rlags
53
degs
53.8
ueeks
?.6
Uears 8.1,17
before.reversing,
The rallycontinuedup to the 1008^4level(7 times1214)
points
1008^4was45
up fromthe 963^4doublebottomof the 3'oJune.The
ls impulsedownfilledthe GAPand foundsupportat the previousbreakout
of similardegree
high but t9^2 down overbalanced
the prior corrections
position.
up of 9 points
indicating
The
rally
back
the marketwas in a weak
could not get past the openingprice and started down again finally
terminating
the downmovefor the dayon the 50o/olevelof the lastwaveof
similardegree.The rebsonfor the reversalcouldhavebeendueto the time
ryclespresenton the day- manyinformedtradersknewof them.
ClaleTrader
PRIJJEf,T
IOH
tcl
83B3tZ
tT1
838686
drgs
BE
degs
83.S
u e e k s 1 2 -3
gears 8.233
:tAOO/t.61&
BENRAltARKET
Scroll
tiuirr$ =
6 Jun &3
.....
68
t
t
fA?.8S
Section1: Chapter-14
I
I
I
I
as
DAYshouldneverbe underestimated
Theimportance
of a GAPREVERSAL
DAY.
REVERSAL
it sometimes
asan OUTSIDE
holdsthe sameimplications
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
Qcharts CSU
1818.SB
ffia?.oa
1:E,g4.B8
1881.gB
ss8.68
sss.EB
lil : P95
sgz.Ba
98TI.BB
s86. gB
Sffi.BB
988.08
86/ffi/ZEE3
l'lain
a66,/s4
B6/ffi
65/95
ffi/EE
m/86
65/86
To negatethe implications
DAYthe marketwouldhave
of the GAPREVERSAL
the
of the TIMECYCLES
to tradeabove998^2.To negatethe implication
marketwouldhaveto tradeabove1008^4.
The nextlevelsdownthat couldact as supportshouldthe 50o/oretracement
comeout firstthing Monday
are : 1 . TheLINEIN THESANDlevelat 979.
2. The1:1of the l9^2leg downat979
of similardegree,this
3 . Thenequalwavesdownwiththe priorcorrection
is 3B^4downandliesat 970.
4. Thethreedaylowis alsoat970^2
Gaps,GapReversals,
Avg Range
69
Section1: Chapter-14
CSU
Current f,ange
Z,2.58
prior
rdnges
45.88 B.sBE
15.88 1,488
33.?5 8.867
18.58 1.364
51.84 B..t4t
38.58 8.584
31.56 6.714
2r.25 1.85S
3S.SB 0.5??
I
t
NExt Wove boek
of similar daE'aa
-38.5
r.E6/ffirzaT3
Hain
84/39
I
A5/ffi
BS/LS
I
B5{ZZ
I
g1/fr
ir'-1"'
BE/EE
CgcleTrader
Io
date
I
I
I
I
?67.58
8z78ln
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l'lain
I
I
Section1: Chapter- 14
70
I
I
I
I
AVERAGE
DAILYRANGE:
4 l'tn1
984.23
lfi hrlz
s 5 1 .g s
33.14
s&P5A0
High
Lorrr
Rge
1608.58
?BB.5B
zza.Ba
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
AVERAgEDAILY RAN6E
Todoy's
Ronge
zz.4B
B3B31Z
A3B3Z8
830415
ffiA581
B3B51S
430686
TheAverageDailyRangeovera campaign
cangiveyou an insightintowhat
to expecton anygiventradingday.On dayswherethe markettradesinside
the averagedailyrangethe speculator
andthe
interestis usuallydiminished
place.
marketis lookingfor energyto go some
If you keepa monitoron the averagedailyrangeyou will knowif the trading
environment
is actingin a stableor erraticmanner.Whenthereis actionthe
rangeswill expandandoffergreateropportunity
to the daytrader,thisin turn
will attractgreaterspeculator
interest.It followsthat on largerangedaysthe
volumes
will increase
sovolumeis yourclueto whethertodayis goingto be a
largerangedayor not.
The hourlyvolumefor the day in the 1$ hourof tradingis mostlyalwaysthe
greatestduringeachtradingday so the clueis to monitorthe volumefrom
afterthe 1* hour.Whenyou get higherthannormalvolumesin the 2ndand
3'dhoursof tradingit is likelythatthe volumefor the daywill be greaterthan
averageandthat the AverageDailyRangewill be exceeded
on that day.This
will giveyouthe clueto whatthe afternoon
sessionmayofferas if thereare
moretraderstakingpositions
earlyin the daythenthe morechancemanyof
themarelikelyto be pressured
Thisis
onewayor the otherin the afternoon.
justsomething
to thinkabout.
you can
The moreyou thinkaboutwhatyou aredoingthenthe moreSIGNS
find to assistyou in your decisions.The problemwith mosttradersis that
theyforgetmanythingsthat couldbe important
andonlysee
to theiranalysis
them after the event.You haveto keepgoingoverthe thingsyou do day
yourself.
afterdayto keepimproving
Everyday you shouldreviewwhat you havedoneon the day, studythe
chaftsto seewhatyou missedandlearnfromit. Eachdayyoucanget better!
Gaps,GapReversals,Avg Range
Section1: Chapter- 14
[c] BryceGilmore2004
VOLUME
CHANGES:
,otlffi--ll
ru"a 16**l
I- Arsessims
Low ss7.s0
-:;
Cbse 1005.50
. Ir,
.,*?+
i:*
i;J"-guts6r+nr+ilj'11t+t+ur*+u'
Vot t:+,etO
-ll
Doily
Ronges
9.75
t7.75
13.75
Section1: Chapter- 14
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
ESB3i{-5
ffill.48
1BB?.BA
1883. AB
sgs.Ba
sgs.EE
ssl.8B
g8?.04
990^2
s9'2
s83.BB
9?S.AB
9?5.80
HIGHERLOWS
s?l.88
l'lain
Section1: Chapter- 14
[c] BryceGiknore2004
Alwaysmonitorthe longer-term
trendindicators,
as thesewill tell you what
the longer-term
systems
arelookingat.
S&P5BB
High
Lou
Rge
3 bcy Swing - UP
1S68.56
?88.58
zza.aa
T
R
E
lt
I
T
B
R
D
E
TigZag
4 t{ff1
985.58
18 HffZ
955. 5?
34. BB
n
v
z
z5
t{
Thischapterappears
to be gettingout of stepwith its themebut I preferto
illustrate
the thingsI do as I go along.Thiswayyou will learnthe contextof
you.
howI useallthe techniques
I amteaching
Themajorlessonhereis that I don'tknowwhatthe marketwill do, I canonly
guess.But I do havewaysto tell what it hasto do to changethe attitudeof
the majorplayers.I can developa tradingstrategyaroundthe SIGNSI am
you.Thatis all I needto doto makemoney.
teaching
Forecasting
will not makeyou any money,you needto knowhowto tradeto
makemoney.Youneedto knowwhatthe playersarethinkingandwhatthey
are likelyto do to makemoney.No amountof hopewill do it you haveto
workat it andfollowrules.
If the marketis goingup you buyit, if the marketis goingdownyou sellit. It
is assimpleasthat.
this weekandas theycome
Thereare a lot economic
reportsto be released
to handtheywill exeftnewinfluences
on this market.It couldgo eitherway
in my opinion.A coupleof daysbackI thoughtit hadthe chanceof going
it is goingdown.
down,nowI am notsosure,it hasn'tconfirmed
ButI do haveseveralthingsup my sleeve,as I knowif it breaK970 it will
havechanged
if it doesn'tthenthe trendup is still intact.Eachday
direction,
I candealwiththe micromovesastheyoccurandgo homefreein the mind
is everything
in this business
as
andstartfreshagainthe nextday.Flexibility
soonas you try andforceyouropinionon the marketit will kickyou in the
teeth.
Gaps,GapReversals,
Avg Range
74
Sectionl: Chapter- 14
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
Ncv,rHigh 1014^6
ESBSU_15
32
Controct
Rollover
1zth
g9g.BB
sss.0B
sgl. BB
g8?.BA
s83.BB
S?S.BB
:
Fridov'
1 3 r h ' : 1 6 r hi t Z t t t
s?5.08
E6,/L?/aEA3
|1ain
Section1: Chapter- 14
ilate
hi
[c] BryceGilmore2004
AZETB?
11?6.S?
Cgclelrailer
sPX - 5&P500
lo
date
T
I
I
? E B .S 3
ffZ1818
I'lain
B1BSZB
1015.56
TOP
TWO-D/4YDOUBLE
1614.00
1012.58
1411.BE
1BBg.58
1088.06
1866.5S
10s5.as
5I6N of WEiKNESS
1BB3.59
B,6,/I8/Z0E,3
gE/t?
l{a i rr
llll
6E/t7
I
I
I
I
Bj6/I?
86/1S
0/6,/18
E6/lB
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section1: Chapter- 14
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
Qcharts CSU
1815.BB
1011.68
taoi?.96
1863.SB
st|I|.as
995.64
s91.00
98?.08
s83.BB
s?g.BB
975.68
E6/1B/?g/g3
Hnirr
BE/lI
66/13
IlffItY
tsl ffiA3lz
tzl 83661?
1.618 b
rlltu. . . .
Galendar
s?
Ilegrees
94-4
Ilisplag
6?
HEEI{S
1 3 .S
YEARS
8.262
PEICE...
RffI{GE
zzd.3B
CHAHGE
za.?Bft
Bat ios
1.000
rld\[hltttil
IPIrice
173.38 cillab=
1.61?
up to speedI discovered
Nowthat I havehada bit of timeto get my analysis
high.Thisis importantstuffin ElliottWaveterms,
thisgeometryat Tuesday's
professionals
longto seeit.
it won'ttakethe
Gaps,Gap Reversals,Avg Range
Section1: Chapter-14
[c] BryceGilmore2004
SectiOn 1l cnapter15:
OpenInterest in FuturesMarkets:
The first rule to learn about Openfnterest is that it can only rise as
additionalsellersenter the market.
Somewill arguethat OI risesbecausenew buyersare enteringthe market
but this is a FAISEBELIEFbecausebuyerscannotinstigatenew positions
unlesssomeone
sellsto them.Buyersonlyhavetwo choicesandthat is they
eitherbuy from a new selleror they buy from an existingbuyerwho had
alreadyowneda longpositionandis quittingit.
In the lattercasethe newbuyeronlyassumes
the existingpositionandopen
interestdoes not rise. The sayingis SellersCOVERpositionsand Buyers
positions,
LIQUIDATE
dont everforgetit.
The secondrule to learn is that when OpenInterest is decliningthe
existingsellersare closingout positionsand are not being replaced
by new sellers,
Largefluctuations
in the OpenInterest(sumtotalof all contractsoutstanding)
give you a clue to the positionsof the Fundsversusthe positionsof the
Commercials
or the generalpublic.
The top tableshowsthe OI for the ESE-Minicontracts
andthe lowertable
showsthe OI for the SPpit tradedcontracts.The pit contractis 5 timesthe
quantityof the E-Minicontract.Thissnapshot
wastakenthroughthe rollover
periodfromthe Junecontractsto the September
contracts.
l.Lun{3
isep-03
112
57
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
iUEC-UJ
Itvtar-ol
lJun-U4
iseo{q
Dec-04
Total
lDelta
OpenInterest
78
Sectionl: Chapter-15
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
4 t{Rl
1885.85
18 r4RZ
5 7 9 .6 Z
e5.43
1615.88
?88.58
a7-39
Uolunre
t9?o?'8
I
n
E
H
D
T
R
R
D
E
R
0per
Interest
?s8?84
rtlqrkat is
up on high
volumeond
increosing
OI
z
ll
1BB4.S
Price 0-0O
Dde tFfl $83
Opa10(ts40
Hgh 1011 50
Low tt!07,91
q@
1011.4O
Csr % 0O
I Ears 23
Vol
1 2lA
lttir'rro,rrt-C
T
rTl
Section1: Chapter- 15
Sectiont: Chapter- 15
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
rl
[c] BryceGilmore2004
tw?.8a
1m3.00
slg.0B
st5.BB
s1.BA
s?.46
s83.AS
c7s.Ba
!r75.46
E6,/LS.ZAB3
l"la ir"l
E6,/AS
A6/LL
86/16
ffi/Lz
ffi/L$
,"rlffi
f- Ailssbns i
'rEe l uw.ul
)de 06fi9fi3
'im
09:30:00
)pen 10@50
{qh 100S50
.ow 100750
]E
100875
lsr % -0.7
I Bars -1 6
lol
13,022
180715r51
8%
Buy 10o3^4
2 DoyLow1003
ubt
lffiEEil
Taroet
| 1:1and 61.8 |
Achieved
Supports
/YtoJor
oErl
Buy )En
, r"r.."-::\F-
,,,,,,lrlrrlr
rnl,rrrlilllllllJllilrlh
llllt',,r,
I
1100't
rlrrlrl,l
8l
Sectionl: Chapter-15
(ES& SP)COT(Commitment
LastweeksCOMBINED
of Traders)
CONTMCTS
reporthadthe Fundsand Commercials
net shortat similarfigureswith the
(smalltraders)holdingthe otherside.
non-repoftable
Total 5&P500 NET positions (5P&ES contrncts axprossadas 5P)
150000
I
I
I
I
100000
50fir0
-Non-Commercial Net
-Qsrnrngysisl l{gl
Net
-580t10
-100000
*"{'$-"$"$.}4"S#f"lS.}'$"$.kF$tF{"'$*:"e
Date
meaningnewsellersandnew
Goingintothisweekthe OI wasstillincreasing
interestis comingfrom.
buyers.Theideais to findout wherethe increasing
The net positions
andthe
of the threegroups- TheFunds,the Commercials
positions
Non-Reporting
are impoftantto monitorwhenyou seethe market
reaching
or OVERSOLD
condition
basisotherindicators.
an OVERBOUGHT
The big pit contractchangesthis weekare interesting
but we alsoneedto
in
examine
i.e.,
the
ES
the
the combined
contracts,
and SP total.
s6p soo srocr{ rrrDEXFUTUP.BSolrlY posrTro$S
NO$N.BPON.TABLE
POSITIO}IS
-;;;;--;;;;;-;;;il;;;i-;;;--,--;;;;;-l--;;;;--;--;il;-i--;;;;-,-;;;;;I
UO}I-COIIIIBgCIIL
{ 5 6 0 5 0 0 r ! i l D E XX S 2 S 0 . O 0 }
CO}IIIITIIEIITS
s5,?83
9e.34r
eI,O?1
CIIAIItrESFS,O![06/10/03
s . o o s 1 2 5 . 5 5 ?|
TOTAL
lc0r{HBRcrsr | |
OPEI.I $'ITBRE$T:
519.S8?
{CH}I,IGEM
50r..14r
596,T4r
0PBII IIITEREST:
9,255
614.?53
19A .1AI
EOA.040r84.02S
?9.8641
??,r8o
8r.e39
2.684
-1.3?S
In the wcck fill Tuesdoythc FUNDS infl.,eoscdnct shori positions by 20.56? qnd thc
ommercialsmouedinto o net long positiorr but not hy much conridering the numher
of contnccls thcy arc holding os o group. The non reportoblc positians fo'tour lhe
long sidc. So it is thc FUND5 uee$qsthe COJdTI4ERCIAI-S
ond the PI,BLIC.
OpenInterest
82
Section1: Chapter- 15
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
E-IINN
SdP 5OO STOCR TIIDEX - CHIC.E.GO }IBRCAITTILE
FUTI'nES OULY DoSITIOUS .tS OF 06,rr?,/03
No!I-Co!$IEECr.*.[
a7086
35364
36.658
LOrrE I
661,114
TUTAL
I
COUTIITIIBIITS
L35.429
L76.A2Z
EXCIIf,IIGE
479.366
$HOnT I
r.outr
OFEI,I flIITEREST:
| SIIOD.T
94S,ZO3
189,040
8?r1.594
466.43?
?O.609
-32.L6?
20.9ZO
Clo=ingSHORTS
POSITIO}IS
IncreosingSHORTS
rtcducing longs
increosing Shortr
When you exomine the ES eortrotE it is the tleverca of the PIT contraetE so lrou
nced to combine both rcports to get o sleqr pieture .
Public
Shorts
-L375
4L84
2809
Section1: Chapter- 15
[c] BryceGilmore2004
Nlgt
Nlsn-Qsrnrnsysi2l
-commercial Net
Net
-5IlB00
2OO3
S&F5BB
High
Lou
Rge
t|3s. AB
?88.58
146.58
B3ATL4
B3ALZg
ASAZtr
a3EZZ6
B3A3LZ
84
t
I
I
I
Conneriialc
-10m00
I
I
I
I
Sectionl: Chapter- 15
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
S&PsBA
High
Lou
Hge
985.A0
7S8.5S
116.54
Folling Opan Inierasi on a Rising Morket
Several
observations
I havemadeoverthe yearsarethese:1. Whenthe net Commercial
against
andFundpositions
arein agreement
positions
the non-repofting
therecouldbe violentmovesahead.The
publicare not as organised
of the
or as professional
as the operations
Fundsor the Commercials
andin any showof forcethe Fundsandlor
theCommercials
willwin.
2. Whenthe Fundsarein oppositenet positions
there
to the Commercials
is a battleof systemsin place.Thesewill be resolvedin time but it
paysto monitorthe changes
as pricesmovealong.The reasonis that
if onesideattacksor capitulates
at
the trendcan reverseor accelerate
a rapidpace.
positionsare likelyto end up losingthe
3. The publicor non-repofting
due to the abilityof
battlebetweenthe Fundsand/orCommercials
thesegroupsto fundtheirpositions
almostindefinitely.
4. In agricultural
commodity
contracts
the Commercials
aremorelikelyto
controlthe marketovertime.The reasonis that they controlthe carry
overstocK.
5. With eachcommoditycomplexyou needto studythe fundamentals
and comeup with a sensibleview as to whichsideis actingwithin
reason.
Onceyou havea view of what seemslogical,especially
basisthe current
trend,it will be simpleenoughto comeup with an analysisof whetherthe
marketwillfavouran up or downdirection.
OpenInterest
85
Section1: Chapter- 15
[c] BryceGilmore2004
ESA3U-1A
1S1Z.0g
1009.04
1886.BA
1Bm.AB
1098.aB
s9?.9A
gg4.0a
sg1.86
988_AA
985.88
B6,/11
g6/14
66/16
06/18
B6/tg
ffi/a
Youneedto understand
that as soonasonesidedecidesto takeprofitsor cut
existinglosingpositions
on masstheywill propelthe pricein the direction
of a
buyingor sellingimbalance.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
OpenInterestanalysisis a commonsenseanalysisprocedure
that you need
to go throughat leastoncea week.Maybethe resultof whathappens
in this
currentS&Psituationwill highlightit. Wewill see,but whenyou combine
the
1.618geometry
on the 17frJunesee51:C14:P77
we havea compelling
case
for an intermediate
degreehighto be in place.
t
t
Section1: Chapter- 15
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
SectiOn lt cnapter16:
87
Sectionl: Chapter- 16
[c] BryceGilmore2004
COMPANYDIVIDENDS:
SPECULATION:
Speculation
in the stockmarketis basedon the assessments
of massesof
investor's
in regardsto perceptions
on the fateof futureearnings.
Therecanalsobe the perception
by investorsthat somestockswill havehuge
potentialin the long-term;or a perception
will have
that somecompanies
poorfutures.Theseperceptions
arethe causefor buyingandsellingstocks.
Not all investorsare that astuteso they will buy and holdevenwhenthe
investment
sours.Butprofessional
investment
houseswill"manage"portfolios
in a waywherethey movefrom sectorto sectorastheythinktheycanspread
theirriskandtry andget betterreturnsthanthe overallindexwouldprovide.
Strangely
veryfew investment
housesbeatthe overallreturnof the INDH(.
Neveftheless
theseare the conceptsas to why the marketmovesUPand
DOWN.The marketmoveson accountof the actualpafticipation
of the
playersandtheiroverallperceptions
of value.
Psychologically
the marketmovesas a wholebasedon why investorsare
buyingor sellingstocks- a simplenewsreleasecansetthe ballrolling.
Moneymovesin andout of the marketfromstocksto Bondsandto cash.At
ceftaintimesBondswill becomehot andthe sharemarketwill becomeweak
becausethe Bond marketoffers better returnsat the time. Other times
moneywill flow backwards
andforwardsfrom the stockmarketto cashand
backagainpoweredbythe actionsof shorttermtraders.
LONG-TERM
INVESTORS:
Long-terminvestorssuchasWarrenBuffethavea policyof buyinginto stocks
of companies
that havea goodcashflow,a goodprodu@a solidassetbase
good
and
management.
Playerslike Buffetseldombecomespeculative
and
buycompanies
with unknownhistories.
If the companies
stockpricebecomes
overvalued
in histermshesellsup andmoveselsewhere.
Hispolicyworks!
News Events,EconomicReports
I
I
I
I
I
Sectionl: Chapter- 16
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
THENEWS:
The newsprovidesyou a meansof evaluatinghow the next eventbeing
repoftedmightlikelyaffectthe dailymarket.
Mosttimesif thereis any significant
by some
reportdue it will be preceded
speculation
asto its likelyeffecton the stockmarket.Thefuturesmarketmay
havealreadydiscounted
or inbuiltinto its pricethe likelyeffectof the repoft
on the marketbeforeits release.
Oncethe newsis in the marketthe futures
willthenadjustto the news.
Weekof June23 - June27
83.8
s5.0
85.0
Jun24 10:00Consumer
Confidence
Jun24 14:15FOMCMeeting Tucsdoy- no reports Mondoy
(1st ofZ-day)
-2.3%
1.0%
Jun25 BE:30Durable
Orders M a y
1.0%
5.80M 5.84M
Jun25 10:00Existing
Home M a y
5.90M
Sales
1000K
1830K 1028K
Jun25 10:00NewHome
May
Sales
Jun25 14:15FOMCMeeting
Bnd of2-day)
a1
1.9%
1.9%
Jun26 08:30GDP-Final
1.9%
G1
2.5n/o
2.5o/o 2.5To
Jun2E DB:30Chain
Deflator-Final
42'IK
Jun26 08:30lnitialClaims 86f21
425K
NA
35
35
Jun26 10:00Help-Wanted May
lndex
Jun26 14:80FOMCMinutes
News Events,EconomicReports
89
Section1: Chapter- 16
I
I
I
Throughout
to certain
this manualyouwill seewhereI havemadereferences
precipitated
newsreleases
heavybuyingor sellingon the day.
or eventsthat
Generally
the impactof individualnewsreleases
on the marketwill be shoft
lived,but it can be enoughto causelargetradableintra-dayswingsin the
futuresmarket.It is not unusualfor the futuresmarketsto leadthe cash
index up or down outsideof the exchangetraded hours basedon a
perception
traderswill buyor liquidate
certainsectorswhenthe
that physical
dailysession
opens.
BLOOMBERG:
I watchBloomberg
eachday whilstin my officeas they coverall the NEWS
releasesof importance.
They conductinteruiewswith leadingauthorities,
CEO's,Economists,
MarketStrategists,and InvestmentAdvisors.All these
thingscreatea moodaroundthe dailymarket.
Reading
impoftantfor a daytrader.
the moodaroundthe marketis extremely
OftenBloomberg
will interviewtradersfromthe floorof the S&Ppit andask
them what they expectof the marketduringthe day. You can see by what
they say what is on their mindsthat day.You haveto alsoremember
that
just
guys
someof these
aretrading100'sof millionsof dollars on an opinion
andon somesmalltechnicalknowledge.
Thebigtradersarealwaysawareof
the oversoldand overboughtaspectsof the market- they knowwherethe
buyingor sellingpressureis beinggenerated.
I haveseenbig tradinghouse
trader'sjust standon a priceandtakeon all comersat timeswhentheythink
the markettrend shouldreverse.Oncethey exhaustall the buyersor the
seller'sordersin the market,the pricewill movein their direction.Whenit
getsto wheretheythinkit shouldgo theycoveror liquidate
the play.
I said at the beginningof this manualthat tradingis a thinkingman's
occupation.Wellit is reallya highstakespokergamewith a difference.
In
this pokergameyougetto readthe cardsbeingdealtto you beforeyou place
your bets.You can chooseto bet or check- if everythingis in your favour
you bet, otherwiseyou stayout. Youshouldjust wait untilyou seea hand
that lookslike4 Acesandthentakethe bet.
Knowing
the mostprobable
workto stay
directionof the marketpricerequires
on top of it. Knowingwhat the marketpriceis likelyto do in the next 30
minutesis a licenseto printmoney.It all beginswith knowingthe strengthor
weakness
of the playerson the day.Forthis you needto be informed,you
alsoneedto knowthe currentmarkettechnical
levels.
suppoftandresistance
News Events,EconomicReports
Section1: Chapter- 16
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
Youneedto understand
the habitsof the players.Whenyou haveall these
to stad
the rightoppoftunity
thingstogetherit is just a matterof selecting
pickingthe moneytree.
Don'ttradeunlessyou areinformedis the bestadviceI cangiveyou.WhenI
tradeI amTradingto WIN - notfor anyotherreason.
Monday23'dJune 2003:
Todaywe havejust passedthroughthe Solstice,
this cannormallybe a date
What
the GANNdevoteeswouldexpectto see a changein trend possible.
theyexpectout of this oneI couldn'treallyguess.Butit is a dateeachyear
to watchin all markets.
Mylastchafton page86 wasa goodindication
of whatto expecttoday.
You see if you had beenstudyingthe openinterestand the 3-dayswing
youwouldknowthata correction
to this
levelsandthe Overbought
oscillators
uptrendwas OVERDUE.
And it was showingall the signs that a new
downtrend
wasin the process.
Whythe hellwouldyou buy it wheneverythingpointsto easymoneyon a
decline?
whenthe marketis tellingyouit wasgoingdown.
Especially
work in
Whenyou guysseethe reasonswhy psychology
andfundamentals
youwill havemadeit.
withthetechnical
Monday
it openedon its highandproceeded
to fallover.EasyMoney!
ficharts f,SU
1015. BB
ESB3U-15
1811. BB
lEB?, BB
1A83.gg
9SS.BB
995.0S
<-Opcn
<- Siillcrs
s111.Bg
s8?. BS
983. BB
g?9. BB
s?5.68
BE/1?/ZBff,3
flein
UUrU
TRENIDCHl4Fl6E15 516NALLEb
'
Section1: Chapter- 16
Tuesday24thJune 2003:
Insidedayrange9.5 points.
All I want to point out abouttoday is the effect the repoft releasedat
10:00amhad on the players.The marketopenthe day with a rally.The
previous
largestcorrection
sincelastweeK highhadbeen11.5pointsup.At
10:00amwhen the reportwas releasedthe marketwas up 11.25from
yesterdays
low (on a 1:1 reversalsignal).The repoftwas not as goodas
expectedand it addedcredenceto the technicalsell that the professional
traderswerewaitingfor.
ESO3U-5
: . ConsumerConfidcnce Report roleosed
, : at lO:OOon - comsin qi 83.5 under the
Qcharts ISU
s:tl.58
9S0.ffi
tol'cost trgur.
sB8. s8
s87. gg
,1O:O0orn
985.5D
984. S0
982.56
981. BB
9?S.sB
s?8.00
976.59
gE/24/ffi93
Lcrus
llll
E6E/23
1g:Bg
5&4.80
985.?5
S84.SB
984.?5
ffi/24
NewsEvents,EconomicReports
Section1: Chapter- 16
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
rate
The FEDis alsopumpingmoneyintothe economyat an unprecedented
some30%
whichis alsoweighing
on the valueof the US$as it hasdeclined
in valueacrossa basketof G7currencies.
lffl atiOn
prw indet
chngu ir thecwffi
5.ft
$7
8S
89
90
91
92
9]
94
9t
YtaFi
96
97
90
99
00
0l
Of
Rate
Unemployment
toq6
a7
8A
S9
90
91
92
t3
94
9E
YE'IF:
96
97
98
O0
01
0)
is similarto
Mythoughtson the paththe FEDis takingto rampthe economy
the difference
whattheytriedin Japanandthat hasnotworked.Neveftheless
different,so it
betweenthe US and the Japanesementalityis completely
mightwork.Whether
it doesor notis notgoingto botherme.
futuresmarketsis that you
The beautyof this business
of tradingleveraged
canbuywhenpricesare goingup andsellwhenpricesaregoingdown.All
you needis an officeat homeand the communication
my
tools.Basically
proof.I don'toweany moneyto the bank,everything
I
business
is recession
haveI ownoutright,whichis a goodfeelingwhenyou realisethe stateof the
on my house,
worldright now.I haverecentlydonea completerenovation
newkitchen,bathrooms
etc.,I boughta newcar lastyearandI havea new
boatsoI amsetfor lifeno matterwhathappens.
Youcando the sameif you learnto tradethe way I am teachingyou.Keep
your eyesandearsopenand followthe dailytrend.It is not difficultit just
theywill not do the
takestime anddedication.
So manypeoplefail because
dailyworkor theywill not takethe timeto get a holisticviewof the markets
theytrade.
NewsEvents,EconomicReports
Section1: Chapter- 16
1887. BB
1803.00
sss.B0
gss.06
991.88
987.08
983. AE
9?S. E0
s?5.08
o6/?5r'zaaa
l'fa i n
ffi/1;l
06/18
Section1: Chapter- 16
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
I recovered
to +2.5 net on the next2 trades.ThenI lost1.5on a sellin the
no volumezone. Managedto catch3.5 out of the sell off prior to-the
selloff.
announcement
andthentook7.25out of the postannouncement
If I hadhavebeenfreshI daresayI wouldhavesoldthe 986testat the line
I
in the sandbecauseI wasconvinced
it wasa sell basedon the evidence.
toldall my guysin theTTWroompriorto it in anycase.
Qcharts ESU
SII3.BB
gg1. B0
No Voluma
Zone
s8g. o6
ITI
t
I
t
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
ttu
s8?.00
s85.B0
FO,i\CReportrelaosed
I
FedRoredropsO.25?'l
I
ro
1?l'
$
<-- Honging /lllonDoji
s83.BB
981.66
More Weokness
s?!t.sB
s??.a0
Todoys RAftlGE
s?5.aB
S?.25
News Events,EconomicReports
95
Section1: Chapter- 16
Section
[c] BryceGilmore2004
1: chapter17:
FailSafeTradeEntryTechniques:
ENTRYTECHNIQUES:
Mybestentrytechniques
to entera tradeare:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Buya breakout
of priorresistance.
Sella breakout
of priorsupport.
Sellintostrengthwhena bearcorrection
looksexhausted.
Buyintoweakness
whena bullcorrection
looksexhausted.
96
Section1: Chapter-17
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
BUY EREAKOUTS
UsE CI.OsEINITIAL STOPSANb i{OlJE IT,I fr TRAILIN PRCIFITSTOP
t
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
?- Retest
StoplossPlocementr
TradeEntryTechniques
Section1: Chapter- 17
If the marketadvances
cleanlythroughthe breakoutpointit couldpossibly
suffera re-thinkthrougha lossof propulsion
andfadeitselfbackto the break
level.Thisis calleda re-testof the breakout
andis anotheropportunity
to buy
or sellwith limitedrisk.
If there is no abundance
of "stops"then the marketwill makea '.false
breakouf'and retreatbackinto the priortradingrange.In whichcaseyou
don'twantto holdthe breakoutpositionyou mayhavetaken.
Prettysimplestuff but extremelyeffectiveas a tradingtool.
If you get a falsebreakoutandget stoppedout thenwatchcarefullybecause
the lowersupportwill bethe priorbreakoutpoint.
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
FALSEBR.EAKOUTS
TradeEntry Techniques
98
Section1: Chapter-17
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
chaft,it could
Myideaof tradingis to tradewiththe dailytrendon a S-minute
off the openingpricewill
be countertrendthat day but the dailymovement
tell you in anycase.Position
tradersshouldonlytradewiththe medium-term
trenddailyindicators.
Daytradingsessionbreakouts
versusDailychaftbreakouts:
Normally
it is onlypossible
to tradewithclosestopsduringthe daysession.
Breakouts
on a daily chart can be violenteventsor like climbingout of
quicKand.Bythat I meanthe marketwill comebackandhit yourstopbefore
proceeding
you planned.
Thisis the reasonwhyanyoneother
in the direction
Mostbelieve
thana daytraderwouldusesuchclosestopsas I recommend.
thatyou needto givethe marketroom.I dont I believethat,youarerightor
wrongimmediately
andthenyou re-groupandhaveanothergo.
To avoid all the disappointments
encounteredby those peopletrading
breakoutsystemson DAILYCHARTS
one needsto managethe tradeentryby
workingwith a 5 and60 minutechart.All the t'armchairHarry's"losemoney
Mostsystemsrequirethem
because
theycan'tmanagetheirtradescorrectly.
to give the market "lots of room". I have seen so many instancesof
profitable
andthenultimately
automated
systemstakinga position,becoming
you had
phenomenon
you
this
endingin a loss.If
havealreadyexperienced
betterreadon andlearnhowto avoidthis.
Wedon'twantto givethe marketanyroom,we wantto be rightimmediately
or we wantto be out! Sowe mustfind tradeentrypointsthat relateto the
currentintra-daymoodof the market,if we get a runnerwe can hold it.
Position
tradersshouldlearnto finessetheirentrypointsusingthe S-minute
patterns
thiswayyoucansaveyourselfa lot of pain.
5-minute
chaft:
TheS-minute
all of the time.Thedailychaft
chartcreatesentryoppoftunities
doessoveryinfrequently.
60-minute
chart:
The60-minute
of all as it shows
chartdefinesthe breakoutlevelsthe clearest
tunedinto.
the dailytrendsandthe levelsthe tradersarementally
TheDailyChart:
Provides
for changeof mediumtermtrendmostof the time.
the parameters
It is not wofth muchto a day traderotherthanto tell him whatthe restof
theworldmaybethinking.
TradeEntry Techniques
Section1: Chapter- 17
[c] BryceGilrnore2004
BREAKOUTTR.AbES
Formotionsyou v,rillseeon occcsions
TradeEntry Techniques
100
Section1: Chapter- 17
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
T
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
SELLFOINTS
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
BEARTRENb
You must always favour the direction of the prior larger degree
trcnd.
Whenyou seeformations
unfoldinglikethesethe marketis tryinglikehellto
go up in a beartrend or go down in a bull trend. It helpsif the line of
resistance
or supportis locatedon a knownretracement
levelbecauseit gives
youthe chanceto placeyourstoploss
just aboveor belowthat knownlevel.
Thereasonis that at timesliketheseyou are likelyto get a FAISEBREAK
just
aboveor belowthe congestion
beforethe reversalactuallystartsto takehold.
A falsebreakin circumstances
liketheseis what is knownas a failedsignal
anda failedsignalis the strongest
signalyouwilleverget.
Onceyou seea confirmation
of a falsebreakyou can instantlydoubleyour
positionif you wish.The reasonis that as soonas the localsseeit theywill
just bombardthe marketwith ordersandaccelerate
the reversal,basically
it
is a no brainertrade.
you needto seethe blackcrowsif sellingor the whitedovesif
Justremember
youarebuying.
Marketpatternsare a measureof the psychological
forcesat work in the
market.Theyshowthe thoughtsof the buyersor sellersin the market.When
onesideis up againstthe wallthe superior
sidewillstickit to them.
Youhaveto learnto thinklikea traderif youwantto becomeone.
TradeEntry Techniques
l0l
Sectionl: Chapter-17
[c] BryceGilmore2004
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
If the currentcorrectionis only a reactionand leavessomespacebetween
the previousimpulselevelin the seriesit is morelikelythat the strengthor
weakness
at the timewill fail.
The marketcouldalso retraceall the way back to the baseof the prior
correctionswing level and fail. t n r s r s also knownas retestingthe prior
breakout.
In mostcasesthe failureto take out old supportwill halt the moveand a
continuation
of the priormajortrendwillfollow.
Thediagramshowsonlythe bearcasebut if you reversethe patternsthe bull
casewouldapply.
To become
an all roundtraderyoumustlearnto identifywiththesepatterns.
Thesepatternswill giveyouan opportunity
to makemoney!
Thesepatternsareyourfirst indication
that the currentstrengthor weakness
is aboutto fail.Proofcomeslater.
TradeEntry Techniques
102
Section1: Chapter-17
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
BEWAREOF PATTERNS
THAT HAVETHE POTENTIALTO SIGNALA
CHANGEOF TREND:
If the currentcorrectionis overlapping
a previousswinghighor low in the
seriesof the currenttrend; then the trend cannotbe definedas strong,it
maybea consolidation
or a reversalof trend.You must bewarenot to take
anythingfor granted.
*lor*ct ftloves
aborc sccondory
Swing low
Scll Point
on o foilurr
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGihnore2004
POTENTIALCHANEs OF TRENDPATTERNS
I likereminding
myselfof thissituationbecause
the marketcouldbe changing
yourselfbeyondanydoubtthat a continuation
trendandyou haveconvinced
wifl follow,i.e.,the marketwillresume
the priormajortrend.
Anytimeyou havethatfeelingbeware!
Overthe yearsI haveexperienced
trend reversals
that seemedillogicalto
me: whentakinginto accountthe localnewseventsand thosearoundme.
Butthe trenddidchangeandconfirmed
itselflater.
Thepatternof the markettradingrangeseachdaymonitorthe moneyflow in
the market,the marketis alwaysright(youcanarguethat oneall you like,I
don'tcarewhatyoucomeup with).
Thethingis thatwhenyouget overlaps
in wavestructures
the tradersarenot
scaredof the past.You mustaskyourselfthe reasonwhy?The only reason
canbe that they havea newagendafor somereasonmaybeunbeknown
to
you.
Themarketpatternis the firstsignof change.Staywiththe patternno matter
whatyourpersonal
feelingsare. Therewards
willfollowasthe yearspassby.
TradeEntry Techniques
Sectionl: Chapter- 17
TOPS:
ACCUMU1ATION
BOTTOMS
& DISTRIBUTION
TOP & BOTTOfi
TATTERNg
ACCUi,TULATION
BOTTOllts
DISTRIBUTION
TREND:
RE-ENTERING
AN EXISTING
The safestway to re-enteran existingtrend is to use the OVERBAI-ANCE
RULE:
RE-ENITER.INoANI EXISTINS TRENID
If ths TREND is to continua the next
correciion will not exceedthe ornplitude
of this one
Stoplossobove t:l
-U
TradeEntry Techniques
Section1: Chapter- 17
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
SO FAR:
I haveshownyou somesimplewaysto selecttrades,I haveothersthat you
concepts
andI
will find hardto believe,but they are basedon mathematical
themto you.
needto explainthemin full detailandthendemonstrate
Neveftheless
what I haveshownyou in the first sectionof this tradingcourse
trader.
is morethanenoughto turnyouintoa professional
All you needto do is developthe streetsenseto go with the methodologies,
if you can'tdo that you will usemy methodsat the wrongtimeand
because
youwill losemoney.I haveno controloveryourpersonal
actions.
Opportunity
tradersoftentradecountertrendwhenthe situationdemands,
you haveto get backin stepwith the marketonce
yet to be supersuccessful
Onlya few talentedtradersrealizethis,
thoseopportunities
are exhausted.
mostotherskeeptradingcountertrend all the time and missthe runstoo
often.I havebeenguiltyof this manytimesbut I keeptellingmyselfto watch
overcomingmy ownproblem.
the marketmoreclosely,I am continually
changein
Whatyou mustrealizeis thatyou muststayflexibleto the slightest
to
have
my
method.
You
cannot
afford
a fixed
marketsentimentto trade
formulait will beenough.
view.If youcant do thisthenstickto the breakout
Nevertheless
thesetwo thingsyou mustunderstand.
to the maintrendthat last
1. Trendingmovesseldommakecorrections
chart.
longerthan1-3days.That'sa lot of barson a S-minute
2. Correctionsseldommakea retraceof the prior primarymovement
llorlndlly50o/o
is the orderof the
or 38.2o/o
that is greaterthan61.8o/oi
waveof priorsimilardegree.
dayor 1:1withthe lastalternate
TradeEntry Techniques
105
Section1: Chapter-17
SeCtiOn 1l cnapter18:
Daily RangePatterns:
Everyday is a newdayand it is possible
anythingcouldhappen.We should
staftthe day knowingwherethe significant
38.2,50 and61.8levelsare.We
shouldalsoknowthe levelsof any significant
1:1'sandthe significant
MOB
levels.
If the marketbreaK any of theselevelsand negatestheir impoftance
we
shouldimmediately
updateourchaftfor the onesthatchange.
OnethingI shouldalertyou to is the patternof volumeduringthe day. The
normalpatternof volumeduringthe day will be highestin the 1* hourand
the last hourof the day. Fromaroundmiddayuntil 1:30pmFf the volume
generallyslowsdownunlessthe marketis runninghardin one directionor
the other.Whenthe volumedropsthe marketis inclinedto trade in tight
ranges.
TYTICAL VOLUA'TE
FLOW DNILY
9:30-1O:3O
12:OO- Z:OOpm
A VOLUME
sruKE
on c high or low in a low volume
pcriod could be levalsol 516l'.1
t
I
I
I
OPEl.lPRINT
Daily RangePatterns
I
I
I
I
I
I
Sectionl: Chapter-18
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Anotherthingto remember
aboutlowvolumeperiodsis that PROFESSIONAL
TRADERS
in big quantitiessuch as 250 or more
who make transactions
contractsat a time cannot executemore than 250 contractsin one
transaction
to
on the E-Miniat a time.Sothey havecomeup with schemes
get
try andkeepthe marketin the areatheywishto buyor sellat untilthey
set.
Forinstance
if theywerebuyersat a certainleveltheycanget someone
else
to placehugeresidentordersto sellat a slightlyhigherlevel.The average
DEPTH
traderif he is a buyerseesthe SIZEjust abovein the MARKET
and
figuresthe marketcannotget throughit so he holdshis buyorderback.The
manipulators
buy up everythingat the levelsbelowand whenthey are set
they havethe residentsell orderscancelledleavinga clear path for the
marketto go up.The reversecanapplyequallyat placeswheretheywantto
establish
sellpositions.
Sowhenyou seemassive
SIZEin the marketdepthandthenall of a sudden
just
youwill knowwhatis goingon.
it
disappears
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t07
Sectionl: Chapter- 18
[c] BryceGilrnore2004
t2:@ - Z:OOpm
Price
Oate
fre
Open
r-fth
Low
Cbs
Csr %
t Etrs
vd
9S:2
08122183
0930:00
1t)11 50
1012-6
1m9.75
101025
{2
-483
13ln
t
I
I
t
This doy ws a 6AP OUTSIDE REVERS/4L
DAY ondcvan
rhoughth rnorkct wos down oll doy thc nrorkct wart q.rici
belweq 1?:@ qrd Z:OOpm- look ot thc eorly volurrc.
t
periodthe marketwent into the doldrumsand
Duringthe 12:00-2:00pm
pattern.Wheneveryonereturnedfromtheir
formeda continuation
rectangle
lunchbreaktheysoldit downfufther.
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
OPENINg PR.INT
t
Justin caseyou arewondering
whereI am goingwiththisyou will find out
whenI haveshownyou enoughdailyrangepatternsto allowyouto arriveat
the correctconclusions.
justobserve
Butfor the moment
thesimplethingsI am highlighting
asI go.
Daily RangePatterns
108
Section1: Chapter- l8
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
doy in o dournlrad
To tell you r{re truth f couldn'i moke hcad nor toil of this doy
OpeningPrint
12:OO- Z:@pn
Eoch tirne ii rollicd I fhor4ht ii would *ll
Thisdaytherewas no positiveretracement
levelat the low for the dayto go
off andthe marketwassideways
intothe 12:00otlock zoneandthencame
to lifefor someunknownreason.I thoughtit wasa candidate
to collapse
but
it neverdid untilthe nextday.Thenextdayis shownon the chaftprevious
to
this.
NowI will proposea situationto you regardingthe OPENING
PRINT.It is
commonknowledge
amongstprofessional
PRINT
tradersthat the OPENING
areais moreoftenthan not the highor low for the day (betterthan50o/o
of
the time).
Sohowdo we usethat information?
Wellyou couldjust jump in at the openingof the marketin the directionof
the 3-daytrendandbuyor sellwitha S-pointstopon the positionlikea lot of
traderswill do. A betterway is to HOOKthe tradein the directionof the 3daytrend.That meansif it goescountertrendin the first few minutesyou
join the tradeas it hooksbackthroughthe openingpricein the directionof
the 3-daytrend.Thisis a populartradeandoftenthe othertraderswill helpit
workfor you.
Daily RangePatterns
109
Sectionl: Chapter-18
[c] BryceGilmore2004
Ovcrbolonce tl
: Stror
t
I
t
t
Open
Themarketwentontobreakthe oldJune17andJuly14,1014^6doubletop
at 12:19pm
on a hugevolumespikeas an attemptwasmadeto holdit back.
Evenwiththe 1:1 at 1016therewasno continuing
sellingof any magnitude
andall the marketdid was movesideways
as usualfor the restof the quiet
periodintothe 2:00pmzone.Thenat 2:00pmwe bouncedoff an exact50o/o
retracement
for the day. This was the sign that the marketwas backin
business
andyoucanseewhereit wentto duringthe afternoon.
Theimportant
thingsto remember
abouttodayare:1. Howthe marketwassolddownafterthe openwhileit wasstill below
the 1014^6doubletop as hadbeenthe casemostof lastweek.
2. Howthe marketadvanced
to an exact1:1at 1016on a volumespike.
3. Howthe marketregained
the trendof the morningrallyaftermakinga
pointon the day.
50o/o
retracement
backto its hypothetical
balance
Daily RangePatterns
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
110
Sectionl: Chapter- 18
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGiknore2004
1019.3q116l.B%l
*\*,
lx1's Keep
Overbolotcing
HI6HER LOWS
Prie
Dale
Tm
Opa
HSh
1010.3
09'|2m
15:35:00
1fi725
1tX85
1o,|725
qN
1017.75
Cs% -0.1
t Brys 12
Vol 6,065
Daily RangePatterns
nl
Sectionl: Chapter- 18
Sectionl: Chapter-18
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
rm00
fi800
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1t600
It400
trz0lt
ttotttl
t
tttL00
r(D00
Poblishdby e5ignal(ww.aiyrdrom)
thjce's XABCITirl.6i!|
H:11&0
!:103ro
et@9I|*
t4s6
?.1$t
1425
11.v1
13fi
|l500
r.1000
tt18.ofr
tADD
t0.2s
i
t
r2500
r.5r! I
27.s I
't0-cl
r
es.zso..
I
7.1trt"i
r2000
.29,5n
11{t.75
.21,50
a
tt00,50
you in thiscourseyou
Whenyou learnto applyall the thingsI am teaching
will realisehow simpleit is to find reliabletradingopportunities
eachand
everytradingdayof the year.
Daily RangePatterns
113
Section 1: Chapter - I 8
Section 1: chapterre:
Summary:
In thisfirst sectionI haverelatedto youthe thingsI practice
andmonitoron
you
to becomean
a day-to-daybasis.Usingthese tools shouldallow
profitable
extremely
traderif youcanmasterthem.
I havewrittenmostof this first sectionin realtime to giveyou my thoughts
first handas the marketunfoldeddayby day.If you adopta dailyworkethic
for youranalysisand preparebeforethe tradingsessionopensyou won'tbe
in for anysurprises.
Thenas the marketmovesalongyoujust keepupdating
yourchartwiththe importantlevelsyoucantradeoff.
Thereis still anotherworldof thingsthat I needto explainto you that will
giveyou a widerfieldof focuswhenyou needto drawon them.Thesethings
arerelatedto old and newteachings
andthe practices
employed
by analysts
andtradersthe worldover.Whenyou understand
all the practicesandtools
worldandsomeof the beliefsthey holdyou will
available
to the investment
havea far greaterappreciation
for whatit takesto bea winner.
By understanding
what other peopleare up to and how they arriveat an
willgiveyouan EDGE.
analysis
It is imperative
thatyoustudythe restof the materialin thiscourseif youare
strivingto be in the top 0.1olo
of the winner'scircle.
Youneedto learnthe wholestoryto stayon top of the marketbecausethe
marketgoesthroughchangingphasesyearin andyearout. Newsituations
canpresentthemselves
of knowingwhathas
at timesandonlythe experience
happened
in the pastwill helpyou makeit clear.
in the pastandthe
Youhaveto havean understanding
of whathashappened
why.Simplybecause
the futurewill onlybe a repetitionof
technicalreasons
you
past
knowwhathashappened
in the past
the
in somesimilarformandif
youwill beableto dealwiththe futurefar moreeasily.
Youalsohaveto knowwhencertaintimesof the yearbecomeimpoftantto
tradersandwhy ceftainothercriticaltechnical
eventsareimpoftant.It will all
you are
in the moneyflowof the market.Withoutthisknowledge
be reflected
no morethana mechanic.
If you want an ongoingpeaceof mindwith the marketyou needto know
what the other playerscouldbe up to when you reachcriticaltechnical
situations
thattheywill actupon.
SummarySection1
tt4
Section1: Chapter- t9
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
you don'thaveto
yoursizebecause
Tradingintra-dayallowsyouto increase
givethe marketanyroom,i.e.,likeyoudo with swingtradingwhenyouwant
to stayon the systemtrade.
Whatyou shouldconsideris that nothinglastsforeverandit is onlyas good
as it getswhileit lasts.The marketon an intra-daybasisis moreflexibleto
dealwithanda lot easierto beconsistent
with usingmy approach.
Thereis no pointin havingto rideout largedraw-downs
in youraccountto
comeout aheadin the end- that is if you actuallydo. It is betterto take
- if you hit and
smallbitesthesecouldendup in hugemouthfullssometimes
runwhenthe SIGNS
arethereyouarebetteroff in my opinion.Thenyoucan
go homeandsleepwellanddont thinkaboutthe nextdaytoo muchuntilit
comes.
As you becomemoreawareof whereto takeyour tradesyou can scaleup
yoursizeon the onesthat offerthe besthistorical
Whenyouget
oppoftunity.
intothe bigleagueyouwill beconfident
to tradein 20 lotsor more.Thereare
individualtradersout there pushinganythingfrom 5 to 200 lob on the
reversal
signseverytimetheyappear.
andcontinuation
Anytimeyou canget intoa tradewith a l-point riskfactorandcantakemore
than4 or 5 pointsyoucankickgoals.
Eachday you shouldbe lookingfor 2 goodtradesand onceyou haveyour
wagestakethe restof the dayoff.
Themoreyou get to realisethat all this business
is, is just a job, you will be
muchmorecomfortable
withit.
ONEDAYAT A TIME.
t
I
I
SummarvSectionI
Section1: Chapter- 19
[c] BryceGilmore2004
THE IMPORTANTTHINGSYOUSHOULDHAVELEARNT
FROMSECTION
1:
1. Payattentionto the NEWS
REPORTS.
andthe release
of ECONOMIC
2. The50o/o
Point
Rule.
Balance
3. The1:1Overbalancing
Rule.
4. TheTWODAYCorrection
Rule.
5. PriorSupportbecomes
futureResistance.
6. PriorResistance
futureSupport.
becomes
7. ThethreedayGannSwingis the bestmeasure
of trend.
pattern.
B. Rectangles
area signof a continuation
9. In a strongtrendcorrections
in amplitude.
shouldkeepreducing
10.OpenInterestcanonlyriseif newsellersenterthe market.
11.TradersbelievethatGAPS
on the daysession
chaftshouldbefilled.
12.Volumespikesat geometric
levelsarea strongsignfor a reversal.
13.A failedsignalsuchasa falsebreakis oneof the strongest
signals.
Formoredetailed
information
on falsebreaKseeS4:C1:P25.
Theforemostthingto learnis thatyou mustneverriskmorethana pointand
a halfon anysinglecontracttradeyouenter.
you enterit the chances
If a tradeis not workingalmostimmediately
areyou
arewrongandyoushouldscratchout andstartagain.
Believe
whatyouseeandnotwhatyouthink.
SummarySection1
116
Section1: Chapter- 19
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
SECTION 2: chapter1:
Circle= 8"OOO
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SQUARINGTHE CIRCLE
Section2: Chapter- I
NaturesLaw
Naturallaw of growthphases,as we knowthem todayoriginatefrom the
dynamiccycleswithin the construction
of the Cosmos.Beforeone can
possibly
the significance
understand
of whatwillfollowin thismanual
thereis
a needto learnhowgeometric
formsareconstructed.
Geometric
RatioSeries(1.618)
R.N.Elliottin his treatise,'The ElliottWaveTheory",identifiedthat many
markethighs& lowsin the DowJonesIndustrialIndexwereformedrelating
to eachother on progressive
ratiosof the GOLDEN
MEAN.Basically
what
theseratiosrepresentis the progression
of cardinalpointsin a GEOMETRIC
SPIRAL.
GOLDENMEAN
Goldensection
Square Root of 1.618
1.618
0.618
1.272
To fully understand
the unfoldinggeometrywithin a marketsstructurewe
needto be awareof the expanding
and contracting
relationships
that occur
withinthe geometric
spiral.
GEOI'IETRICRftTIOS OF THE SPIRfiL EfiSEI' OH THE PYBRI'IIDOF GIEft
EXPNHEf,ND COHTEFCTON THE SOUNFEROOTOF 1,618
SFIRRL PROGBESSIOI.IS
l.?7? = Square root of 1.619
End
8.786 = the reciDrocaL 1.?_72
1.618
e.858
e.BsB
e.61S
L,,""\L,=.=\L,",,\
8.78'6
I.BB8
8.618
9.78 6
B . 48,6
8.618
SacredGeometry
Section2: Chapter- |
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
andappears
The GOLDEN
MEAN(Phi)ratioof 1.618is a growthproportion
Alsoyou
everywhere
in nature,in plants,in seashells
andmanyotherplaces.
shouldknowthatthe planetVenus(theclosestplanetto the Earth)orbitsthe
Sun 1.618timesfor everysingleorbit of the Eartharoundthe Sun.Put
anotherwayVenusorbitsoncefor every0.618orbitof Eafth.
TheAncients
left us a geometric
blueprintwiththe diagramof the "Squaring
that the Great
of the Circle".This diagramis alsothe exactmeasurements
Pyramidof GIZA was built to. I have alwaysbeen surprisedwhy this
information
wasnevertaughtto me at school.As a resultof my subsequent
things,on the
studiesin laterlife, I havefoundout manyotherinteresting
geometry
to
can unfoldand still holda bindingrelationship
strictwaysthat
"squaring
the
of the circle."diagram.
of trendin
Overthe past22 yearsof tradingI havewitnessedmajorreversals
I follow,thesesometimes
deff normallogicwhenit
all the MAJOR
MARKETS
geometric
havebeenthere
relationships
comesto the ratiosinvolved.Butthe
for allto see.MostpeopleI knowhaveneverbeenawareof themat the time
either,so I havecometo the conclusion
that there is a higherpowerof
present
it maybe is reallynot
influence
whenthesethingshappen.Whatever
my mainconcern;all I am interested
in is knowingwhenthe marketreaches
levelsof geometricproportionthat align themselvesto the theory of
NATUMLGROWTH.
Using Geometrywe can prove the ratio 1.618 maintainsa triangular
is
relationship
with the square,the cube and the circle.This association
purposes
geometric
forms must
extremelyimportantfor our
becauseall
rotatefromoneaxisto anotherif theyareto continuetoo relatein the future.
TRIRHGUI,RNBRTIOS OF THE GOLDET{I'IERHBELRTEI}TO THE
GOLDEHTRIRHGLE. THE CUBE & THE SqUHNE.
of
Diagonal
Rectangle
the
Golden
1 -gBZ necipr.ocal
8.526
Diagonal
L-?32
SacredGeometrv
the
Cube
reciprocal
E-5??
of
the
Squari.e
reciprocaL
E-?ts?
Iliagonal
1-41.t
of
Section2: Chapter- 1
TheFibonacci
GrowthSeriesof Ratiosare: L,t,2,3,5,8,L3,2L,34,89,L44,233,377,6t0,985.....
every future number
preceding
increases
numberandon it goes.Butin
by a factorof 1.618to the
the true senseof the growthphasethingsmoveby a factoror L.272- when
on the geometric
seriesnot by 1.618.
phasesof growth.The keygeometric
I callthesethe geometric
ratiosfor my
purposes
Time& Priceanalysis
are:
Expandinq 1.000
Contractinq1.OOO
L.272
0.786
1.618
0.618
2.058
2.618
0.486
0.382
3.33
0.30
Section2: Chapter- 1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
Harmonic
RatioSeriesof the SQUARE
found
HARMONIC
MTIOS are generatedfrom the diagonalrelationships
withinthe SQUARE.
Musical
notesvibrateon ratiosof the square.HARMONIC
MTIOSrelateto the number2 andsquarerootof 2.
Sacred Ratios of
2.000
SquareRoot
SacredCut
L.4L42
o.707L
HHRI.IOHIC
SERIES
1,ts88
1 -414
2.OEE
2.S2S
4.EBE
SAUHREROOTOF 2
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1.EEE
fd-?6?
8.588
E-354
6.256
B.5BB
A,7A7
r.BBA
L.4L4
Contractino1.000
o.707
2.000
0.500
2.828
0.354
4.000
0.250
s.6s6
0.t77
The ratiosincrease
by a factorof L.4L42to eachotheror theycontractby a
divisionof L.4t42to eachother.I will referto this seriesas the harmonic
seriesof ratios.
SacredGeometry
Section2: Chapter- I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
ThirdDimension
of the Square
Thediagonal
of the cubecanbe usedto forma ratioseriesthat continues
to
hold its pure geometricform in a similarmannerto the geometricand
harmonic
ratioseries.
SacredRatiosof
SquareRoot
Reciprocal
3,000
t.732
o.577
L.699
E.?E?
B-5??
DIRGOHRL
OF THEGUBE= 1.?32
nEcIPnoGALOF 1.?32 = 6-5??
r.272
L.4L42
1.618
1.732
In a contracting
modewe usethe reciprocals
of theseratios:Thereciprocal
of
a numberis the ratioof thatnumberdividedinto1.000.
The most impoftant division of I.OOOis half or 0,500
following
between
0.500and1.000are:0.786
SacredGeometry
o.707
0.618
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
and the
o.577
Section2: Chapter- 1
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
t
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
The4th Dimension
of the Square
If we join two squarestogetherand measurethe diagonalrelationship
the Squarerootof 5.
between
the two extremecornerswe getto discover
SacredRatiosof s.000
SquareRoot 2.236
Reciprocal
o.447
pointfor you to consideraboutthe squareroot of 5 is that
An interesting
of 2.236is 0.447andis
2.236is the sumof 1.618and0.618.Thereciprocal
alsoan impoftant
ratiofor ourconsideration.
IIIfiGOHRLOF TlfO SqUfinES = 2.236
PRODUCES
RfiTIOS
1.066
2-? 3 6
t.60B
5.BBB
1.BEE
6-447
E.zES
ArithmeticRatios
ARITHMETICMTIOS are generatedfrom the simple division of whole
numbersby otherwholenumbers.A few examplesare listedbelow.
OneOuarter
One Third
One Half
Two Thirds
ThreeOuafters
0.250
0.333
o.soo
o.667
0.750
formsas a
Arithmeticratioswill playa part in the construction
of geometric
marketworksbetweenthe majorcardinalratios.The ratiosthat will form
formis workingitselfout
aheadcanbecomepredictable.
Eachnewgeometric
Thisat first mayseem
from the way the previousform hasbeenunfolding.
difficultto recognise
becausewe haveso manyratiosto considerbut it is
possible.
If you wishto makea completestudyof all theseratiosandtheir originsI
wouldrecommend
by RobeftLawlor,published
the book SACRED
GEOMETRY
byTHAMES
& HUDSON.
SacredGeometry
Section2: Chapter- 1
RocketScience
In the past18yearsI havehadthe misfoftune
new
the difficulties
to discover
studentsrun into when they are confrontedwith more than 3 thingsto
consider.
I haveto tell you that it all seemslikesometypeof RocketScience
in the beginning.But I havewaysof workingwith it that can reducethe
confusionmostof the time. It seemsnow that I am retiringthat I should
makea concefted
effortto try andclearup the picturefor all to see,instead
of just a selectfew.
published
Mosttheorieson Priceanalysis
beforeI camealongtaughtstudents
to usethe ratiosof 0.382,0.500,0.618,1.000,1.618and2.618exclusively,
as if that wasn'thardenough!Gannmethodology
taughtstudentsto workin
eighths,i.e., IlB,2lB (U4), 3lB,4lB(Ll2),5lB,618,718et cetera.Gannalso
taughtyouto workwiththe thirds,1/3 and2l3rds.Thishasjust confused
the
issuesevenfurther.
Studentsoften ask me, what is important?We have so many ratios to
considerthat the possibilities
are endless.I agreeand I wrestledwith the
problemfor manyyearsbeforeit became
clearto me,
I cameto the conclusion
that everygeometricform had to makesome
LOGICAL
whenit cameto proportion.
SENSE
If it didn'tthenI couldcastout
geometric
the ratiosaheadthatdid notfit the unfolding
form.
Whatis impoftant
to remember
allthetimeis this:If a geometricform is workingout relationships
to saythe square,thenthe
nextcardinalpointof the geometric
formwill relateon ratiosof the square.If
the geometricform is currentlyworkingalongon geometricratios(the Phi
group)thenthe nextcardinalpointwill relateto the Phigroup.I referto this
phenomenon
Thesamegoesfor geometric
formsworkingto the
as RHYTHM.
groupof ratios.
Arithmetic
The benchmark
divisionof 1.000is a half(0.500)so that is wherewe start.
Equality
is 1.000to 1.000anddoubleis 2.000.At leastonethirdof the time
geometric
formswill unfoldon the Phiseries(1.618and sequences
thereof)
proportions
of 0.382,0.486,0.618and0.786.At othertimesthe sequences
will switchto harmonics
that is whywe
or the ratiosof the unfolding
SQUARE,
get ratios of L.4I42, 0.707L and 0.354 determiningproportionsof
importance.
formstakeon
Thenwe havethe 3'ddimension
wheregeometric
propoftions
matter
of t.732,0.577,0.333
a
of logic
and0.667.It all becomes
to workout whatthe geometric
formis expanding
to.
or contracting
Beforeyou determine
that a marketlevelis importantyou mustconsider
the
unfoldinggeometric
form,if it makeslogicalsensethengo with it. If not wait
picture
untilthe
clear.
becomes
Sacred Geomehy
Section2: Chapter- 1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Geometric
Proportion:
so far we haveto consider
Besides
the cardinalratiosI havebeendiscussing
the rectangle
of two squares.
factored
Thiscouldmeanthat we needto consider
everyratioof impoftance
geometric
formswill contain
by 2.000,what I meanby this is that some
proportions
andsofotth.
or 1.236(2x0.618)
of 0.764(2x0.382)
At first these proportionswill not seem importantbut if you study the
geometric
completed
format its conclusion
theywill beginto makesense.
To becomeproperlyproficientat identiffingthe geometryin formsyou have
the myriadof possibilities.
to lookabovethe horizonsometimesandconsider
Noonesaidthiswouldbe easyas it is a scientific
aft formandrequireslogic
to workit to itsfinalconclusion.
all of
Withoutpattingmyselfon the backI havebeenableto understand
all
thesethings.I havealso beenableto get other peopleto understand
thesethings.Notto manybut I havefoundmy teachinghasimprovedwith
theyearsI havebeenat it.
It is importantfor me to get my message
throughto the studentswho have
cometo me for help.Nothingmuchelsemattersto me anymoreas I have
everything
I wantin lifeandif I don'thaveit I canbuyit nextweek.
Beforeyou can becomeproficientat identifoing
the futuregeometryin the
possibilities.
you
markets musthavea thoroughknowledge
of the geometric
Youcanonlyget this knowledge
by workingbackoverthe existinggeometry
that hasunfoldedbeforehand.
I havedoneall this for yearsandyearsso it
hasbecomesecondnatureto me. Sometimes
I takea littletime andjust sit
of
downwith a chaft and pull it apartfor hoursto reinforcethe principles
geometry
I havelearntoverthe years.
It is amazing
whenyou havea clearheadwhatyoucansee.
in
The bottomlineto all of this thoughis that the ratiosmustmakeSENSE
just
the progressions
they
becomeMNDOMnumbersandare not
otherwise
woftha bumper.
For trading purposeswe must be sure that we have a RHYTHMin
the ratios if we are out to select a price point that the market should
revensetrend on. And I guess that is the only reason why we
endeavourto use these methodologies.We want to have an edge
againstthe other market playerc.We want to know when to buy and
when to sell as fast as the market can tell us. I have becomepretty
good at it so there is no reasonanyoneelsecan't learn to do it.
SacredGeometry
Section2: Chapter- I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
Section 2= chapter2:
CorrectiveWave Relationships
Section2: Chapter- 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c],BryceGilmore2004
PRICERETRACEMENTS:
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Priceretracements
in an ongoingtrend.
arecorrections
Priceretracement
levelsareour number1 toolwhenwe arelookingfor levels
wherethe marketwill reverseandresumeits larger-degree
trend.
The38.2,50 and61.8arethe majorratioswe needto focusourattentionon
because
thesearethe levelsthat eventhe noviceanalysthasbeentaughtto
monitor.
Justthe samethe 38.2- 50 - 61.8will not markthe reversalpointsmore
thanaboutonethirdof the time.Therewill be timeswhen33.3,35.4,44.7,
48.6,57.7, 66.7, 70.7and70.7willSQUARE
THEGEOMETRY.
It is all a matterof whatwentbeforeto determine
if the 38.2- 50- 61.8will
workor not.
It mayseemcomplexto you rightnowbut onceyou knowall the otherways
that wavesof similardegreecan relateyou will have a 90o/ochanceto
determine
whenthe levelswillworkfor you.
To reallyunderstand
what I am sayingyou are goingto haveto be patient
andtake it one stepat a time untilyou can graspthe intricacies
of market
geometry
poweful
you
will everlearn.
andhowit is the most
tradingtool
Butbeforewe go on just let mesaythata priceretracement
levelon a 38.250 - 61.8on its own is of no valueto you unlessyou cantie it into other
important
criteriathatwill meldthe geometry
of the currentwavestogether.
CorrectiveWaveRelationships
Section2: Chapter-2
[c] BryceGiknore2004
MarketGeometry
is not as simpleas manyof the so-called
Guru'swilltry and
tell you,but! It is not difficulteitherif you knowthe approaches
you haveto
followto keepeverything
perspective.
aboutElliott'stheoryin
I havea 4-waytestthatI applyto retracement
levelsbeforeI tradeoff them,
the testdetermines
if theyshouldmeananything.Wewill getto thatlaterbut
beforewe do we needto discuss
all the possibilities.
Whena marketis heading
intoa retracement
levelpricethat hasthe potential
to reversethe currentmoveyou will needto seesomething
elsethat agrees
withthe geometry.
Thesecouldbe:
1. Thecurrentlegis reaching
a 1:1witha similardegreemovethatwent
before.
2. Or maybeit's that the currentleg is approaching
a previouslesser
degreesuppottor resistance
past
price
fromthe
andthe
will SQUARE
a
retracement
levelwhenit testsit.
3. Then there could be an old top or bottomthat lines up with the
retracement
levelyouarefocusingon.
Let'stakethesepossibilities
andI will explainwhatI mean.
Youcanapplythe sameprinciple
to a 44.7,57.7,or evena 70,7and78.6
retracement
at times.
CorrectiveWave Relationships
L2
Section2: Chapter-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
to
Thepointreallyis thatyoushouldalwayshaveat minimum2 goodreasons
tradeagainstthe currentmovefor a reversalif you want to remainin this
business
for the restof yourlife.
Tradestakenusingtheseprinciples
havethe abilityto be tradedwithverylow
you
proficient
risk.When
at settingup yourcharGthe rightwayyou
become
willseethe opportunities
in advance.
Anothergoodplacefor a reversalin a correctivemoveis whenyou get dual
retracement
levelsfallingon the sameprice.
thatyou need
Thenthereis anothercomplexsituationthat ariseson occasion
to be awareof.
Multiple combinationsat a level.
l3
Section2: Chapter- 2
Thesesituations
areset up wellin advance
if youlookcarefully
because
there
areprogressions
in the ongoingtrend.
t* of all XBwasa 50o/oretracement
of AX.
2ndYCwasa 38.2o/o
retracement
of AYanda 61.8of BY
3'dYc = XB
youshouldnevermissoppoftunities
If youdo yourworkcarefully
likethese.
Theycouldfall on a differentcombination
of ratiossuchas 66.6- 50 - 33.3
or 70.7 50 35.4. lust as long as they are in a similargeometric
progression
theyareimportant.
THE50o/oPRICERETRACEMENT
LEVEL:
The 50o/olevelof any previousrangeis an impoftantgeometricpointto be
obserued
for a reversal
of trend.The50o/o
levelis normally
testedin the early
stagesof anynewtrend.
Here'sa recent*ample fromthe S&P500.
t
I
I
5O-"i!Retrocemeni
llain
I
I
Egclefrailer
lo
date
t
I
t
s&P5BA
ilete 83661?
hi
1815.flB
I
I
I
I
I
?8?.58
030312
S3BZ1S
Ona day-to-day
levelof the intra-dayrange,the last3-dayor
basisthe 50o/o
2-dayswingor lastminuteswingis an impoftantlevelto monitorfor trading
oppoftunities.
Tradershavebeeneducated
to buyor selloff 50o/o
levelsandtheywill place
ordersat themin advance.
Youmayonlyget a bounceat themsometimes
so
if the marketthen breaksthe 50o/o
levelit is tellingyou it is goingfurtherin
the samedirection
andgivesyouthe opportunity
to rejointhe ongoingtrend.
CorrectiveWave Relationships
I4
Section2: Chapter- 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
ES63H-5
866.84
ABSOLUTELYPOETR.Y
IN MOTION
853.6B
86-6.AB
85?.BA
854.84
851.8S
848.64
845.8A
s,42.W
Look ot this!
839.08
aI.ll/?w
H ai n
61/31
gT/37
gt/3t
856. AB
s54.80
852.66
858. BB
848. 88
This high
wos 507"
Ronge
5 0 %& l r l
848. BB
a44.SA
a4z,.aB
848.AB
838.8B
ffi6.48
lla in
Doqblc
6IT38
BLTST
aL/31
BI/37
aIr3l
aI/31
l5
Section2: Chapter-2
FRIOR,SUPPOR,T
-7^?,
Intro-doy 5 minutahors
TAR6ET 1.7
$ign of Weqkness
Youmustalwayshaveseveralreasons
for takinga tradeif you wantto be a
youcanfindthe better.
winner.Themorereasons
THE61.80loRETRACEMENT
LEVEL:
The sameprinciples
levelas trading
applyfor tradingthe 61.8 retracement
the 50 retracement.
Youcanusethe 61.8retracement
on movesdownto as
smallas4 pointsbut it becomes
socloseto a 50 it doesnot mattermuch.
The 61.8 will commonlyoccurin the earlystagesof a new move,say for
instance
the firstcorrection
aftera doubletop or doublebottom.
CorrectiveWaveRelationships
Section2: Chapter-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilrnore2004
THE38.2oloRETRACEMENT
LEVEL:
t
t
The38.2nearlyalwaysprecedes
a continuation
of trendafterthe markethas
hadoneor moreoriorcorrections
in the currentseriesor the initialthrustis a
very strongand expansive
move.The dailyor 2 daytrendwill haveclearly
changed
directionbeforeyoucanrelyon the 38.2asa solidlevelto anticipate
a reversal
andcontinuation
movetakingplace.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Qcharts CSU
936.BB
933.AE
I|3A.BB
lsuindc
rl lhc
$t.2 lcvd
sz?.EB
+5
sz4.aB
fjzr.AA
+z
11:33
dl I
3 8 .2
3S.2
918.BB
s15.BB
-18
g12.40
gag.Ba
986.B0
oI/86/2-;863
ESB3H_5
CorrectiveWaveRelationships
VVg?
I7
EL/ffi
Bt/98
g1/gt8
Section2: Chapter- 2
3B.e& 6LB
4^6
SELL
CONHTR,II'IED
4^&
4^4
3^4
3^4
-4
OUER,
B.4LANCEb
i{SEHtT
S&PsEB
1559.68
14?9.BB
1399.aa
1313.BB
1239.BB
1159.BB
1879.E0
sgs.BE
gls. EB
83S.BB
rareek
ending6th Dee
Opan936.31
High 954.28
Low 895.96
Close 9L2.23
?5S.BB
l-laitl
tZHsu99
lEJunBB
ZEJanBl
0?SepBl
l9flprEZ
BEIlec{Z
CorrectiveWaveRelationships
18
Section2: Chapter- 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
tA* KE:]$OriREdl I l
{.1
Tl{l
..,- I "--,
'r':":-l
i ;
';.'i'i
,'\
:
_;
't ";
:-l
i-1
iI-i
\'i'.'
i : ' l
'jI
1..'t-
r-i*ir-fir-ri
, J
t]t t l
csu
l-r w
"",^
evcl"
-".t
j..i
_l
orifl
'Bull
r {i 1
fii
fi I
.,il
Il:
i l
l.-:..i
'li
l i j
{:
I ttttr
-t-iIl.
' i i - r - ' i -t-.
a-: i
i_T-i
i :
ri\
i - - 1i
i.;.i iJi-;,J
: - : .
i,.i / ' \ :
r-i-l
s9I,
i -i
''t
-:"ir i
'f
i -i
ill
": r-i--r
':'l
, "i'i-.-I.
i 1 :j f
i,lf'r
t:
i i
': _f'
Ii,.',
:il
rll',
ilu
Section2: Chapter- 2
[c] BryceGilmore2004
GOINGINTO DOUBTETOPS:
Section2: Chapter- 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
Theonlypractical
ruleI havefor knowingthat a doublebottomwill holdis if
thereis an obvious
1:1goingintoit.
Knowing
for howlongis alwaysa problemin a fallingmarket.
BeforeI wouldfeelsafethat a bottomis in for anyreasonable
amountof time
the current2 or 3 dayswingwouldhaveto retracemorethan38.2olo.
Majormarketlowsseldomoccuron doublebottoms,theyareeitherexceeded
by a little(falsebreaks)or theyjust don'tgetthere.
Nevertheless
doublebottomsoccurall the time in the intra-daypicturebut
theyarenormally
onlygoodfor intra-day
trading.
as;D
'i:-tfE
t',
't'i'
,,1/'|
[.'
/-.i
fi
f:,
I I
at;
f.
I \i
\
,\
ll' fli
I
:\
:,i
l
l:
1
t, 'l"
:I
2[
f
i . i '
:-'i i
-: r;,'.
b{ UBt
i'1lr,Ti I/1115
Theonlypractical
adviceI cangiveyou otherthanthis is to waitandconfirm
thereis a bottomin beforeyoutradeit.
If the originalbottomyouaregoingto doublewith is an existingcardinalratio
retracement
of a largerrangethen it hasthe potentialto hold.Youwill have
to evaluate
thatsituation
asyoufindit.
Whenyou seehowstructures
canrelateoverallin bullandbeartrendsit may
add somelight to your overallanalysisdependingon the currentmarket
position.
CorrectiveWaveRelationships
Section2: Chapter- 2
[c] BryceGilmore2004
POSSIBLE
EXCEPTIONS
TOTHE1:1 OVERBALANCING
RULE:
When the current correction overbalances a prior correction of
similar degree, i.e., the market correction exceeds the 1:1
measurementof the prior correction.
The nerG geometry where the market correction may terminate
couldbe on a L;L.272or a 1:1.618alternatewave relationship.
A correction
in a bearmarketcouldtakeon the followingform.
Regarding
the overbalancing
rule:
If a correctionin a trend (CD) overbalances
a prior correctionof similar
degree(AB)the normalconclusion
is that the trendhaschangedto a higher
you shouldstill be awarethat the correctioncan in
degree.Nevertheless
some circumstances
extendand finish as a ratio of the alternatewave
correction,
i.., CD:ABin Ratiosuch as L.272and 1.618are the main
possibilities.
The chances
thiswill happenare moreceftainif for instance
CD
werea ratioof XCor BCor both.A ratioof 38.2or 50 of CDto XCwouldbe a
betterreversal
signalat D in mostinstances.
Whenyou havea situationwherethe marketreverses
in circumstances
such
as this, on a greaterratiothan 1:1 of the Alternatewaveof similardegree,
dont treatit as a guaranteed
continuation
signuntilthe markethasretraced
morethan61.8of the CDleg.
I haveseenmanyinstances
wheremarketsdo continueon down,but I have
alsoseenmanyinstances
wherethe marketwill retraceonly 50o/o
of the CD
leg and then reversebackon up and continueon up. The bestthingto do
whenthe currentcorrectionhas overbalanced
its Alternateis to take each
geometric
signalas it comesandseehowthe marketreactsto it.
CorrectiveWave Relationships
Section2: Chapter- 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGiknore2004
COMPLEXWAVE STRUCTURES:
that canoccurwithinmarket
Hereis an exampleof someratiocombinations
relyon appearto be unclear.
wheneverything
structures
elseotheranalysts
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
CorrectiveWaveRelationships
23
Section2: Chapter- 2
Section 2= chapter3:
BearMarketTrends:
Weareveryluckynowto havea completedbearmarketin the S&Pto study.
Duringthe bear marketfrom 2000to 2002I was neverwrongaboutthe
marketdirectionfor morethan a day,I wasableto identiff everymajorturn
alongthe way usingsacredgeometryof time and price.As otherswere
predictingthe bottom time and time again I remainedfocusedon the
we
downtrenduntilthe markethaddeclined50o/oin value.Notwithstanding
tradedallthe ralliesup fromprogressive
lowswhentheywerein progress.
EgcleTrailer
IIARXERS
tsl
6BE3Z4
1552.87
TO
azl
f,,zt01B
?68.63
AAoy2OOl
5O%Retracement
Jqn ?OO2
38.2f" Rstrocement
TI}IE ItCLE
ilags
S3E
degree
913
ueeks 132.9
nths
38.6
gears 2.536
RRTIGE
it0uE 7fr4.24
B
50.5
Sqr9d
Zl:Bj
Thetwo majorcorrections
in this bearmarketwerepredictable
in as muchas
theywerepefectexamples
of ratioin wavesof similardegree.
TheMarch- May2001bearmarketrallyterminated
of the totalmove
at 50o/o
downfromMarch2000to March2001.Pointsin thisrallywere235.
- January2002bearmarketrallyterminated
TheSeptember
at 38.2o/o
of the
2001.Pointsin the rally
total movedownfrom March2000to September
were233.
Thetwo consecutive
bearmarketrallieswereequalin amplitude.
Thefirstthingto remindyou of is that corrections
shouldneverget largeras
If theydo then it is reasonable
to assumethe bear
a beartrendprogresses.
(June
trendhasterminated.
The currenthigh
2003)is now up 246fromthe
October2002lowandwouldindicatehigherlevelsto comein the future.
BearMarket Trends
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section2: Chapter- 3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
TheMay2001highwasa no-brainer
at 50o/o
of the existingbearmarketand
impliedfufther downsideto come.The economicrepoftswere becoming
increasingly
negative
at thistop.
TheJanuary2002highwasalsoa no-brainer
at 38.2%of the thenexisting
bearmarket. Therewas very little doubtthat the 38.2 and the 1:1 were
goingto mounta formidable
technical
obstacle
for the marketat the time.It
wasbecoming
moreandmoreobviousthatthe eventsof September
11,2001
werehavinga devastating
effecton business
was
activity;the airlinebusiness
in a disastrous
state.The Fedhaddroppedratessignificantly
by thistimebut
unemployment
wasrisingat a rapidpaceandwe werestaftingto hearnews
of massivebankruptcies.
As moreand more bad newscameto passthe
just
market continued
to selloff.
TheSeptember
2001lowsupportcamein 10 daysafterthe 911disaster
and
to be honestno onecouldhavepredicted
But by takng
this low in advance.
thingsonedayat a timeit wasclearwhenit did.
Ggclelrailer
it\arch 2OOO
FRIf,ECYCLE
TRl BBB3Z4
Pr
1552.B?
TB]
ALBSZZ
Fr
1881.19
Eng 4?1.68
H
3A.4?,
FROJECTIT]H
TCl EL&SZZ.
Fr
1315.93
tT]
B1BSZ1
Pr
344.?5
Whew: Grim
Week Ends
Shroudedin uncertainty,
U,5, stockindexesFost
historicweeklylosses,
lrlarket Uodete
Efiillr*.no
25
Section2: Chapter- 3
NEXT2 DAYS:
S&PsBE
date B1B5ZZ
hi
1315.93
Markets
Rise
Investors
werefinallyin a
pushing
buying
moodtoday,
theDowup367pointsandthe
78.
Nasdeq
Market Update >
Ebr.tt
About rt F
(il'l.cortr
s44;?5
rBushfreezesassetsof suspectedterrsrists
818S21
dat
B1B8Z4
THE FOLLOWINGDAYS:
l.lave Trader
fift ILf
Ilate BIBSZZ
TffI 1BB1.19
Ilate BlBgZ1
tBI
944.?5
ilnge 138.44
Hoot
11.68
Sqr9it
386
,507c
61 doys Uf
]l[il'l']
PERCEHTfiGE
-12.62g
>
<
14.449
WATERFALL}ATTERN
IIECBEE L77
uib
a.772
uib
B. ?46
ueeks
ZE.!
Uears 8.4S1
l{ain
;ht['\r
ZZFebBl
B9HprBl
Srings
U?
Z5}lag8l
L3JuI61
Z$ffugEl
ZZOctBl
Thetimingwaspeffectfor a technical
21 low.
reversal
at the September
Gann'sEquinoxdate for a reversalcombinedwith a DynamicTime ratio
between
the previous
up swingat a 2:1 to the day. Sixmonthsfromthe prior
majorlow.Allthe thingswe havelearntto monitorovertheyears!
It wasallthere...
Bear Market Trends
26
Section2: Chapter- 3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
BftII,T
/Ulorch?OO2High
Ilate B1BEZ1
tHI
S44.?5
Ilate EZB313
rBl 11?3.34 I
Fnge ZZ:t.19 r
Boot 15.14
Sqr9il
Jon 7th
Tolol Beor
Rclroccncnl
33.e
835
DoublcTop
PER[EI-{TflGS
>
(
zL.zB*
-19.5Utr
NEGNEf, ffiB
uib
1.272
nffYS
Uib
1?S
1. ZBB
r,teeks 25,6
gears B.5BB
llaiu
t80o-
68HarB1
B1Jun01
??ffug61
ZZFebBZ
Zlt{agBZ
l.lave Trader
Ilegrees
157 EZEZZA
tzl BzB319
Jon.Tth
rlA.ini
Triple Top
II].|E... .
f,alendar
27
Ilegrees
z 7 .E
Ilisplag
z7
}IEEHS
3.S
YEfiFS
B. B?5
44
Doys
?7
boys
1.OOO' 0.618
P n I C E. .
HRI{GE
98.58
IHRHGE
s.zw{
H ai n
B65epB1
Z6tlctEl
15llecE1
BZFebBZ
Z4llarEZ
l5l,lagEZ
27
Section2: Chapter- 3
SOMEMARKETLOGIC:
Section2: Chapter- 3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
THEJULY246,2OO2LOW:
A flashback
whenI waswritingthe 1* Tradingto Win
to August22nd,2OO2
manual.
Thisis whatI saidat thetime.
As it turnsout my ideaon how wavesof similardegreeshouldrelatehaskept
my mindin the right directionthroughoutthis bearmarket.
Ggclefradu
ilRnrcns
tsl
Ef,03u4
1552.8?
m
tzt
En?24
7?5.68
III{E EYCLE
dags
852
degree
B:l?
ueeks IZt.?
lrths
Z.fj.tr
Uears 2.fr6
NRNGE
2000
HISH
AuErst 22nd,2DO2:
SeP5m hasrnadea significonttechnical
Lorru
ct this tine horing relracad tO years
of goinsby 6LB and follen 5O%in
fronr tha all tirnc yeor 2OOOhigh.
50% FALLIN VALUE
f*ffi'
sqrsd\!QS,/
Section2: Chapter- 3
l.laue Trader
IZBE.8E
sfl Itt
1ffi8.94
11zs.0a
1888.BB
1848.09
1008.08
+134.8
968.BB
sz8.oB
888.88
848. AE
8S8.A8
?68.64
I'lain
05Feb0Z
l5llar8Z
ZSftprBZ
B4JunBZ
lSJulBZ
57.7
retroce
Z3AugBZ
Nowthesearethe situations
that createa dilemmafor you.The marketjust
failedto makea 1:1 with the priorwaveof similardegreeand it alsojust
failedto makeit to the 48.6or the 50 retracement.
The48.6wouldhavebeenat 969andwouldhavefittedwiththe 1:1- the 50
wouldhavebeenat 975. The highwas966 on the futuresand965 on the
cash.Neveftheless
the marketreversedand went on to makea new low
whichjust brokebelowthe July low by a minornumberof pointsand that
didn'tmakemuchsenseeither,I am nowtreatingit as a biggerpicturefalse
breakbecause
of the wayit reversed
so quicklyat the time.
S&F5gB
ilate 9,ZBBZZ.
hi
s66.08
2l Trcdingbays
Ggclefrader
ln
date
f{ain
34 TradingDoys
767.50
&ZIALE
WZSTZZ
159.4
421915
30
Section 2: Chapter - 3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
BEARM/4RKET
2OOO-aOOZ
G
a
r
t
I
e
U
HRRHERS
tSI
BBA324
1552.8?
ro
IZt
: \4339 1
EZIAilA
764.63
S
t!
232.2
11
c
^ u
s 2
k
-40E.3
+1E73
Cgclefrader
lr
d n 1e
?6?.5S
az7ai8
llain
BearMarket Trends
3l
Section2: Chapter- 3
[c] BryceGilmore2004
l.lave Trader
1682.A0
s&P5as sPX
llty ELLIOTT WAVE inlerpreiotion
right nouris this:
tSzB.aa
1438.0S
1356.BB
tz?4.89
D+th
1192.0B
Lt1'A.sg
1BZ8.0A
946.08
864. BA
78Z.gg
?EA.A8
I'ln i tl
B3l,farBB
TTBgfBE
Z9Jun61
ZZEebEZ
F
250ct0Z
BlJulB3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
AZ1A1B ??6.88
88?.38
?E?.58
BBZ.58
The conceptof the A-B base at the end of a bear marketwas twice
mentioned
writtenby
in "NaturesLaw"according
to the ElliottWavePrinciple
FrostandPrechter
[C] 1978.
BearMarket Trends
Section2: Chapter- 3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section
[c] BryceGilmore2004
2l chapter+:
Bull MarketTrends:
Bull movesexpandin orderlyways,i.e., they movein stagesof minute
degree,medium-term
degreeandlonger-term
degree.
Eachdegreeof movement
withinitself.
shouldnormallyrelategeometrically
Whena moveof similardegreeis in progressany corrections
withinthat
moveshouldneverexceedthe amplitude
of the same
of any priorcorrection
degree.If theydo thenthe wavestructureis saidto be movingup a degree.
Waves
of similardegree:
Thecommonwavesetsyouwill getarethese:
Wave1
Wave2
1o Resistance50 of Wl
57.7of Wt
61.8of Wl
66.7of W1
70.7of Wl
78.6of Wl
From orior
Downtrend
Couldbea
38.2or 50
retracement
Wave3
Wave4
1 : 1o f W 1
1 : 1o f W 1
1:1of W3
38.2of W3
38.2of W0-3 1:1.618W0-3
44.7of W3
38.2of W0-5
44.7of W0-3 50 of W0-5
61.8of W0-5
50 of W3
t,272of W1
t.4L4 of Wl
1.618of Wl
2ofW2
2.618of W2
Wave5
1:1of W2
Section2: Chapter- 4
[c] BryceGilmore2004
BullTrendCompletions:
is by
Oneof the waysyou can tell if a bull trend has reachedcompletion
lookingat the wavedivisions
of the completed
move.
Forinstance
the totalmovecouldbe 100pointsandthe amplitude
of Wave5
is 38.2it canalsobe 50 of the totalmove,in somecasesit willbe61.8of the
totalmove.
j
I
t , t
i ,
i I
t - -
TERMINATTONPOSSIBILITTE
5 -+
r
L ! \ a t t 4 t
r a r
l - l
r 4 v t r
v g g * v + L r . r L g
J - r
]
i
o '
its
1.272
yourfirstexpectation
Whenbuyingbreakouts
targetis the 1:1
Bull MarketTrends
Section2: Chapter- 4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGiknore2004
j
839,56
o3,/31,i03
,n,otu, p--3
Hrr^_.urc :
u : E H s j ts A ' i E B i e * t f f i i A F i e
ALL WAVESCOLOR
C O D E DA R E 1 : 1 ' s
Hereis an S&Pchart I savedfor the two daysof March3l and April 1 when
we resumedthe establisheduptrend.We reversedbackinto the uptrendoff a
50o/oretracementon March31, 2003.
Sincethen this has beenthe progress.
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Price 961.74
Date 06/S,iO3
open 97612
High 9ffi.61
Low 973.60
cl@ 974-50
Csr % 5.0
# Bars 1
-36.6
30th June 2OO3:
Thc morket is o{J 41.7 fron its high this is
5 points mot'ethon the prior corection of
simifor de4reoso l'he rrcxl decisionpoint is
fha 52 ? dovn ot the end of lAoreh.If ihe
trand up is lo renroinintoci we hovoto stoy
obove963-96O olhervlisewc ovcrbolonce
35
Section 2: Chapter- 4
you will
territory,basistechnicalindicators,
As marketsmoveinto overbought
professional
the
findthatthe publicarebuyingin casetheymissout,whereas
traderis lookingfor a placeto sell.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Professional
tradersarewellversedin markethabitsandthat is whytheyare
alwaysthe big winnersovertime.Theyare alsomarketsawy so they know
whena moveis runningand will buy with the trend if they don'tsee any
in the way.
barriers
t
t
fairvalue.
Interesting
timesasthe feelingnowis thatstockshavereached
we go
In anycaseyou shouldhavethe ideaby nowthatfor tradingpurposes
it wantsto go uF,go down,or
withthe flow.The marketis eitherindicating
restalongthe way.
As a traderit is not terriblyimpoftantwhetherthe marketis goingup or
down.Whatis impoftantto knowis whereit will find technicalsuppoftand
andcorrect.
resumethe up trendif it is bullishor whereit will hit resistance
dailytrend.
On a day-to-day
basiswe haverulesto followin anyestablished
Thetrendwill alwaysbe clearto you if youfollowthe rules.
trendit will havemorebuyersthan
If the marketis goingup in an established
in an
sellers.It is normalthat marketswill havemorepublicparticipation
just
public
The
not educatedin tradingbear
are
uptrendthan a downtrend.
movesandmostlytheyhavethe mentalityinstilledin themfrombirththatthe
onlywayto makea profitis to buy- hopeit goesup- andsit with it.
The publichavea habit of holdingpositionsway pastthe top of market
Whena bulltrend
advances
andget themselfwashedout on the corrections.
reverses
mostwill hangon untiltheirworstfearsare realisedandthenthey
willcapitulate.
or the 1:2.000
or 1:1.618
In advancing
markets
theylikethe 1:1or L:L.272
levels.
I
I
Neveftheless
on anygivendaythe hardcorewill followrulesandbuyandsell
the levelsthattheythinkofferoppoftunity.
for theiractions,afterthe
Tradershavean abundance
of reasons
or excuses
eventtheywill tell the mediabut then it is to latefor the averagepersonto
the levelsat the timeto pafticipate.
actupon.Youhaveto recognise
Tradinga bullor beartrendis no different- it'sjust that in a bulltrendthe
publicwill havea greaterpafticipation,
evenif it is onlyviathe mutualfunds.
Bull Market Trends
Section2: Chapter- 4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1:l Corrcction*
in similordagrec
Cgclefrader
ls
date
?88.58
8383tZ
l{ain
AfAfZq
sse.BB
SEg.BE
ESB3U-5
sCI6.08
s83.68
-aPgttliglt: ?-E?-.9
98B.BB
S??.BB
g?4.98
s71. BB
s58.BB
965.89
s6z.BB
EE,/3B,/ZAE3
l,lain
Section2: Chapter- 4
[c] BryceGilmore2004
Sohowdoesthe ElliottWaveinterpretation
fit togetherrightnow?
S&F5BB
date ffi4617
hi
1815.33
W 3 : 1 . 6 1t8i m e sW l
W4 is 1:1rnrith
W2
EgcleTrader
?fifi. Sfi
B3'&313
l{ain
B3B1Z4
83833?
ilegrees
tsl 838331
tzI B3B?81
T I I { E . ...
f,alendar
9Z
Ilegrees
88.9
Ilisplag
8g
Somaconventienollechnicol things
sean betvJeanthe lov.rs
l,tEEl(5
1 3 .1
YERRS
E.?.47
9O begreesTima :
tdain
Z?SepE?
lEHovBZ
lBJanB3
B?l{arB3
03Ha9BI
BlJul83
38
Section2: Chapter- 4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
[c] BryceGilmore2004
tntavatliF--=
I- Alsessions
5 P 0 3U
ir lrov,lUP
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
39
Section2: Chapter- 4
I
I
I
I
Morch ?OO0
I
I
Oetober'2O02
L0l.l
?6?.56
zf,aaa3z{ - Z9,BSETBZ
= new
Therecenthighhasexceeded
the two previous
highs- old resistance
suppoft.Thosetwo highsare 966 and 955 respectively.
Whilethe market
tradesabovethesehighsit hasto betreatedas bullish.
The 50o/olevelbetweenthe 2002JanuaryhighandOctober2002low liesat
973.Whilethe marketremainsabovethe 50o/o
bullish.
it hasto be considered
Anotherthing is that the marketbrokethe simpledowntrend channelline
sometimebackandhasremained
aboveit for sometimenow.
Theseare just simplethingsbut they are thingsthat the investment
funds
haveto take into account.Manyfundshaveremainedsidelinedin the early
stagesof this rallyfrom March2003and mustbe gettingneruousthat they
havenowmissedthe bottom.The mediais nowpersistently
that
broadcasting
the USeconomicreportsreleasedrecentlyindicatethat the USeconomyis
rebounding.The
factsareencouraging
for higherprices.
fundamentally
With fundamentalconditionsthat encouragepeopleto invest in stocks
aboundI wouldn'texpectthe marketto go intoa tailspinlikewe sawin 2002.
Repoftsalsoshowthat there hasbeenrecordinflowsof moneyinto fundsin
recentweeks,this indicatespublicparticipation.
That indicatesthis current
moveis a bull market,maybenot in the samesenseas the bull marketfrom
1990to 2000but a bullmarketneveftheless.
Nowyou can haveyourchoice.Do you fight it or do you go with it? I think
you knowthe answerto thatquestion.
Bull Market Trends
Section2: Chapter- 4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
PREPARINGYOURANALYSIS:
t"t"'a lE6-*l
Price s7155
Ode 07fi}3io3
Time 89:30:00
Open 98625
Hsh 99425
LOW s85.50
Cle
989.00
Csr % -0.7
# Ear$
Vol
144,1S
r. snsessiom
Thursdoy3rd July 2OO3 Holf doy closed1:1OET
,rllI
41
Section2: Chapter- 4
Let'stakethe holidayweekend
about
to summarize
whatwe knowtechnically
this marketrightnow.I am writingthesechaptersin realtimesoyoucanget
the ideaof howI go aboutthings,I don'tknowwhatwill happenin thefuture
but if I followmy rulesI amalwaysprepared.
Wecanstaftwiththe bigpicture:
TherecenthighJune17 qualifies
with
asa W3as it wasa 1.618:1expansion
the W1 from MarchL2. In Elliotttermsit wouldbe eithera W3 of a bull
marketor a WaveC of an ABCbearmarketrallyfromMarch12.
This week'slow at 960.5(Big pit Contractlow) qualifiesas a W4 in a bull
marketor a W1of a newbeartrend.
Today'shigh994wasa 61.8retracement
of the Junet7 (1015)highandthe
July1 (960.5)low range.Thisqualifiesit as eithera W2 in a beartrendthat
beganon June17or a Wl of a newexpansion
thatbeganon July1.
Qcharts GSU
1B16.BB
W3orC
ELLIOTT W/4VEPOSITION
1616.06
1S84.BB
99B.OB
!xtz.g0
!I85. A0
:t8B.gB
s74.BE
gbt-BB
s6z.Ba
!F6.ES
ES83U-58
r
r
g6,/13
a6,/1?rZAWl
|{a in
W4 or wr
:
r
|
BE/Lz
|
|
g6,/2A
r
i
AWZS
l
i
ffi/3n
l
l
g7/63
42
Section2: Ctnpter - 4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
tw?.w
u&.08
ffi81.48
st6.80
61.8broken: Trad UP
s95.BB
s9.08
s{1.80
s6.48
9&t.08
SB.E8
s??.48
E?/6?/zg]A3
Laus
g?/BZ
1E:15
LEhZ.AB
1AE4.ZS
m81.68
1B83.Zs
W./A?
s88.m
s8z.@
s?E.m
sm.w
gFt.06
g7/97/m3
Rat ios
tPlrice
ab=
54.50 cd=
The retracement
hasextendedto 82.1now,78.6wouldhavebeena levelto
watchso nowwe shouldexpectit to go higher.Thedoubletop at 1015is the
nextresistance.
arenow1000andin the worstcase994.
SupporG
Bull Market Trends
Section2: Chapter- 4
[c] BryceGilmore2004
PRICf,
ln
riate
RB=
S4.ZA
f,l=
fl-38
t,'ttfu
I-BEZ
?S8.sfi
83E3tZ
Scroll
rrr,
The bull trendfrom the March12 low is still well and truly intact;the only
thingthatwillchangemyopinionnowis a two-day break below960.
Tuesday8h July 2003:
Todayafter a lot of backingand fillingthe marketfinallybroketo a new
Futureshighof 1008.5fromthe 960 low.Youcanseethis marketis coming
underpressure
asit getscloserto a doubletopat 1015.
1818.BE
1BB6.OB
1AAZ.BB
gg8. BB
994. BB
Section2: Chapter- 4
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l
[c] BryceGilmore2004
r'u"a ff---l
F Arsissions
Prbe 1000.43
Date 07r@O3
Iine 12m(x}
Open 999.50
High 999.75
Low g96IXl
Close 99l"fl)
Csr% 0.3
t Eers-120
Vol 17,42
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Personally
I thinkit canbut it needssomegoodnewsto helpit along.Weare
The
into Q2 profitrepoftingso someextragoodnewsmaytip the balance.
if
linein the sandis stillat 994andthe 3 daylow is at 995.5so technically
thismarketbreaksbackthrough994it is in a weakposition.
Any moveup to the old highat 1014^6is surelygoingto attractextreme
sellingpressure
thingtodaywasthe volumespikeon the
but the encouraging
low bar of the day. It showsthat there are plentyof buyersdownat the
support
zone.
Bull MarketTrends
45
Section2: Chapter- 4
Qcharts CSU
16z4.W
ffi18.m
E:iE3U-3O
tA14.75
Rasisionce
1612.04
needsto aive.
Retrocement is now 91.3?.
1O1O
1086.gB
13]gA.W
sg4-m
SB8.EB
s8z.m
s76.ffi
s?a.m
s54.AA
g7/wrzh0.3
nat ios
lPlrice
ab=
54.58 cd=
49.?5
cdlab=
8.913
I
I
I
I
46
Section2: Chapter- 4
I
I
t
I
T
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
ADDENDUM- 1* December2003:
Theprocess
thismanualhadbeendelayedfor overtwo months
of completing
sinceI completedthe originaldraft so I am addinga little extra to this
chapteras the S&P500todayhas finallyachievedthe target I havebeen
talkingaboutfor so long.
Here'sthe up to datelong-term
swingchaftsoyoucanseewhatI mean.
EgcleTrader
1 I l e c Z 0 B 3. . . . .
166S.95
FRICECYf,Lg
ifft
BaB3z4
Pr
1552.8?
tB]
B21618
Pr
?6fi.83
Fng 744.24
2
5B.5:r,
PRI]JECTIOH
ICI
EZtAtB
Fr
?6ft.53
tnt
B3L?8t
Pr
1868.E5
R
BB.32
'4 n g 335.
L:4
RRTIOS
Pr
E-38e
pr
S.383
'1
9.774
't
fr.774
BZ1B1B
?68.E3
TO
121
1 Ilec 2963
lst 2002
tll becember
sSLZEt
1B6E.9s
TI},IEf,Yf,tE
dags
4I'l
degree
412
uleeks 5t1.6
mths
13.?
gears I.144
RAIIGT
it0uE 3BB.3Z
B
39.1
Sqr9d
8S5
47
Section2: Chapter- 4
[c] BryceGilmore2004
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
09:00 10:00
U:oO
t2/ou03
13:00
!4:00
1e;00
O: {08225 H: loatso L:10815{,
P{ilbtf,d
by esgEl
(m,esiJnd.@J
I
I
t
CSU Ilata
Current
82.75
ES-I}RY
Range
prior
ranges
f,I-BC
1.618
[i]"frE
1. 825
f,D-XR 1.465
Reuerse Cross
fiD_EC Z. TSE
Insiile
Cross
f,I]*Rn A.737
r iil
0utsirle Gross
B D _ R I ] 8 , 7 . 4 1 ' ' ,, , i '
Iloub le Crtrss ll,.,r"'
Hn-xc 4.15?
Retrace Z
cil- xc
3. 8fi5
ffI}_Xff Z.ABg
tz/81/83
Lnus
LB/Zg
Bull MarketTrends
1B7B.58
48
1455.75
1868.?5
Section2: Chapter- 4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
ES-IIflf
prior
ranges
34.25 1.1?5
48.25 4.ffi4
39.58 1.A1s
58.96 B.5SZ
51.25 S.?85
sB.?5 8.4S8
45.?5 B.8Sg
3A.58 1.328
4t.E
A.g?E
54.54 0.?3S
55-58 8.725
+E?15
-5L.25
Corractionshovenol overbolonced.
IZ/SL/E3
f{ain
g7lzL
Section2: Chaptnr- 4
[c] BryceGilmore2004
Section
2= chapter5:
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
CO,IABINATTONs
1: Uptrendin Progress.
Example
The marketis going up and is currentlyin a correction- the correction
on a retricementlevelof the previousimpulsewave(Green)and
terminates
on an equallengthto the previous
terminates
at the sametimethe correction
correctionin the series(Red). Ideal situationsare (38.2 or 50) direct
anda 1:1withthe 1* alternate.
retracement
WhenI havea situationlikethisgoingI almostalwaysbuyintothe weakness
belowthe 1:1level.
in thevicinityof the 1:1witha stopandreverse
Buy@4vrhen3-4=t-2
of 2-3
&3-4: retrocament
/;'n,
Sell
50
Section2: Chapter- 5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Thesesituationsare commonplace
on a S-minutechart and offer you a
precise
entrylevel.
Example
in progress.
2: Downtrend
Thesamesituationappliesin reverse
to example1.
This is a strategyfor buying or sellingat the extremepoint of the
retracement.
The beautyof thesesignalsis that you havean alternative
to
you
not
tradeif the continuation
of the originaltrenddoes eventuate
because
pointturns
yourtradeif the wave3 termination
canSAR(stopand Reverse)
outto bea reversal
of largerdegree.
AlternateWaves& RetracementLevels
Section2: Chapter- 5
[c] BryceGilmore2004
Section 2: cnapter6:
The ReverseCrosst':
The Reverse
is a term I havecoinedfor a ratioanalysis
Crosstm
techniqueI
useto helpclearupthe picturesometimes.
Thisconcepthasbeenmentioned
in my earlierworkandinvolves
measuring
the relationship
to a completed
3 wavemovement.
of the 2ndwavemovement
l:l'19
-,-----:*-/'.
;"J--il;;il[;rffi,;;;j;;
By checking
the internalmathematics
of a structureyou will oftenfind the
geometry
binding
necessary
to alertyouto a trendtermination.
This diagramillustrates
the approachin an upwardtrend and the same
approach
wavesin a beartrend.
applies
to measuring
internal
Whena 3 wavemovement
extendsthe ratiocanneverbe lessthan 1.000so
in caseslikethisI wouldreferto the ratioasan Outside
Reverse
Cross.
It's a funnything but I haveneverseenmentionof this conceptanywhere
beforeI first broughtit up so I am claimingit as an originalconceptof my
own. I now expectanyoneteachingthis techniqueto referto it as Bryce's
Reverse
Crossin future.
Findinga future pricelevelwherethe marketmight meet resistance
or
price
You
suppoftcan be locatedin advance
measuring
using3
techniques.
wantto usethe Cardinal
Whentwo or more
Ratiosfromthe Sacred
Cannon.
ratiosfromthe samefamilyof progressions
hit on the samelevelthenthatis
wherethe priceis saidto "Square
up".
ReverseCrossTechnique
I
I
I
I
I
I
)z
Section 2: Chapter - 6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
[c] BryceGilrnore2004
geometric
Whenyou areworkingout possible
I usein
targetsthe procedures
orderare:
1. PriceRetracement
levels
2. Alternate
WaveExtension
levels
3. Bryce'sReverse
Crosslevels
Section2: Chapter- 6
INSIDE REVERSECROSSES:
patternit is not a
The insidecrossis morelikelyto occurin a continuation
majorreversalsituation.The insidecrosshasa ratioof 1.000and lessthan
1.000
ReverseCrossTechnique
54
Section2: Chapter- 6
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
6O lUlinutaChort
Cross= 1S.25
l"-]ffi,'-d
,,,,rhlhtr: 1S.25
biogono.l
t
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
ill I
Ul
sidercsultingin o Revcrse
Crossof 1:1
If youarehavingtroubleunderstanding
whatthe geometryis tellingyouthen
you had betterrememberto checkthe Reverse
CrossFormation
as it may
holdthe answer.
ReverseCrossTechnique
Section2: Chapter- 6
Section
[c] BryceGilmore2004
t
t
2! chapterz:
l#;:;
*'
Double
cnoas
Occursin on arpcrdingTRIANGLE
Current Rarrge
lti.'/5
prior
,{D cs ratio XC
t
I
I
I
I
rdnges
clt-Bc 1.z8s
cn-Rn 1.675
f,n-xfi
1.554
ffe"uerse Cross
lfrG =
13.?5
OtherGeometricMeasures
to BLUE'
13.'15
56
PflICE ltatio
l.gUO
Section2: Chapter- 7
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
INSIDE RATIO
J*t1r
If th is markefpatternrollied
backto the 61.8youwnuldSELL
it agoinstthe priortop:
1.618
Cb is Shortar thon ,48
D
SUTSIbE R,ATIO
t,r*Ft
In this coseyouwould
s e l l t h e3 8 . 2
OtherGeometricMeasures
Section2: Chapter-7
Section
[c] BryceGilmore2004
2: ctrapter8:
Bryce'sX-ABCDGeometricPriceApproach:
Nowthat I haveexplained
that are possiblein the
the geometricstructures
of where
unfoldingmarketpatternsyou shouldhavea basicunderstanding
we aregoingwithallthis.
The first thing to rememberwith my approachis that wavegeometrywill
Ratiosthat bind
form in small,mediumand largerdegreewavestructures.
the smallerdegreeto the mediumdegreeand the mediumdegreeto the
largerdegreearethe criticalmarketpoints.Thatis, at theselevelsthe market
cansignala reversal
of trendor it canconfirma continuance.
As traderswe need to considerthe way the wave structuresdevelop.
Potentially
thereare 100'sof waysa bullor a beartrendcandevelopandplay
itselfout. Butalongthe waytherewill be verycleargeometric
signsthat we
willwitnesswhichwill allowusto taketradesat criticalpointsandcontrolour
risk.
you needto be clearon
Beforeyou embarkon this expedition
of discovery
determining
whichwavesareof similardegree.
rule.This is where
I haveone rulefor determining
this - the overbalancing
whenany set backto a trendexceeds
a priorset backin the currentwave
series.If this happensI assumethe wavestructureis then workingto the
nextlevelandI will recalculate
all mytargetobjectives.
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
It is irrportontyou understondthis to uEefha XABCDcffectively
Bryce'X-ABCD
s8
Section 2: Chapter - 8
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
RATIOTESTSREQUIRED:
PRIMARIES:
/
/ r
/ , J , '
/
'
A
AD no XA
DIRECT
CD no AB
CD to BC
lsr TTLTERNATE
lD no EC
DIRECT
RE!'ERSECROSS
#2
A
,t
t
X
Cb no BC
Rclrrocencnt1
Cb ro )(C
Rclrrccncnt 2
CD no AB
1st llnernoie
CD no tD
INSIDE CRO9g
BDr'o lD
ouTsIbEcRoss
tD no )(C
DOUBI,ECROgS
Theseareexamples
of the waveformsyouwill be measuring.
Bryce'X-ABCD
Section2: Chapter- 8
[c] BryceGilmore2004
BUTIT IS IMPORTANT
HOWTHEWAVESFITTOGETHER:
Somecombinations
will be important
and othersjust won'tmeananything.
The best thing I can do is to go throughthe possibilities
of the wave
formations
combinations.
andtry to pointoutwhatI thinkarethe impoftant
Straightout bullor beartrendsin development
arethe easyonesto read.
I
I
I
I
t
thelX,a
t"
i-"j
et dilGSn
... ,'l
5',1
. , . , -, ,- ]
II
t
\
\
t\
I ,l
1l
I
ll'
\;
\,
, I knov of rothing,-tF
m
' . - . i* v [u ct 'uld lEe;+r
Et t :
i/'
Bryce'X-ABCD
'his
YFo f t
dici vE.
ring sto"d,."j
Section2: Chapter- 8
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
wave2'swill normallyretrace50o/o
or moreof the prioradvance.
Wave4'swill normally
findsuppofton a 38.2o/o
retracement.
Wave4'scannotexceedthe priceamplitude
of wave2's.
Wave3'swill begreaterin amplitude
to wave1's.
Wave5'scanextendor theycanfail.
Section2: Chapter- 8
[c] BryceGilrnore2004
The ratiocombinations
of CD- XCand CD- BCthat are impoftant:-
1. 38.2/ s0
2.
3.
4.
s.
6.
7.
38.2/ 61.8
4.7 170.7
48.6I 78.6
33.3| 66.7
35.4170.7
33.3| 57.7
Thesesamesituations
alsoapplyto a bearpatternas well.In a bearpattern
the CDto BCratiowill mostlikelynotexceed38.2if the trendis strong.
Beforeyou applytheserulesto buyingor sellingintoweakness
andstrength
prior
the
trendmustbe clearlyvisible.If the markethadnot beenin a strong
trendpriorto its currentcorrection
it wouldbe muchmoreprudentto waitfor
tradeor a correction
a breakout
to the nextadvance.
Bryce'X-ABCD
Section2: Chapter- 8
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
When the trend is not obviously strong and the retracement exceeds
38.2 of XA:
You need to be careful when the trend in progressbeforethe current
correctivewaveswas obviouslynot a strongthrustingmove.The market
couldreverseon a retracementlevelof )(A only to go backand retestthe
breakoutpoint at B. It could also break back insidethe BC rangeand
terminate
on a 1:1withBC.
R,ulesfor buyingo
RETRACEiAENIT
of XA
L Thereshouldbe evidence
thot the smqller degree
hossomegeornetry.
2. Bc coreful of the 1:1
with BCos o resisionce
levafto ovr'com"
3. The trend chongeis not
confirmeduniil the 1:1
qnd
BC is overbalonced
pricesexcaadlavelC.
Section2: Chapter- 8
[c] BryceGiknore2004
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
that
Depending
on the wavestructuretherecan be up to 9 wavestructures
important.
4
are
onlyabout3 or
canrelateon ratio,but normally
What I am lookingfor mostof the time is situationswhereanyoneusing
the obviousgeometry.The signalsneedto be
ElliottWavecan recognise
strongenoughfor themto puttheirmoneyon the line.
in the knowandstillthe market
to everyone
Whenthe signalsarenotobvious
justify
you shouldalwaysbe ableto
whyafterthe event.Thenif the
reverses
you
patterns
will be able to trade the new
confirma reversal
unfolding
Thisbusiness
is alwaysaboutprobabilities.
with moreconfidence.
direction
Bryce'X-ABCD
Section2: Chapter- 8
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Thischaptermayappearto be a littledisjointed
fromthe flowof this manual
period
for a
just before
becauseI haverewrittenthis chapteron the XABCD
publication
in May2004.The reasonI havedonethis is to introducea new
aid to tradingI havehad in development
for sometime sincethe original
draftwasconceived.
we havedeveloped
the Bryce'sxABcDprogramas an add-onto the Esignal
advanced
intra-daychartingplatform.It is a visualprogramthat you canuse
to applyall the thingsI havebeenteachingyou in this manualin realtime
tradingconditions.
I havebeendrawingmoreandmoreillustrations
for my TTWgrouplatelyto
clarifythe impoftanceof the systemand havedecidedthey needto be
included
in thischapter.
A
Eqnd tc E
lr. bchw
Equclte.B
Abcvc
A
Thcsa situ.rtions abova muld be rrre importorf if they conrbinedwith a
1:1 Alierncie or ord qrfsidc Rz.ter* Cr.ossdf point D
4D.BC
1.516
4.000
2.286
2.6t4
9.000
AD-X4
0.38e
0.500
0.618
0.707
o.786
1.000
Tlrasa a<onples clrlrbc rever*d for *re w,illera
is a lout
Section2: Chapter- 8
[c] BryceGihnore2004
Pduity Strings
6D = 0.382
o.#7
0.500
o.3Tl
0.51t
0.707
o.786
1.000
IIIfiFONTINT
Oonbinaticrr 6D ic XS and BC
0 . 3 3 eI 0 . 5 L
0.E82./ 0.500
1.447 I 0.707
0.500 / o.8L3
0.500 I 0.707
0.486 I 0.746
ahc
o.$sg I 0.557
0.t54 / 0.707
A reversal
at D will be at leasta scalpat the veryworstbut it couldturn into
thattakesthe marketto newlowsor highs.
a majorreversal
to be in a steadyuptrendor
SignsliketheseareGOLDif the marketappears
you are lookingfor the termination
steadydowntrendpriorto the correction
of.
The mainthing to keepin mind is that there shouldbe no extraoutside
aboutto hit the market.If the newsis alreadyin the marketandit
influences
is beingabsorbedat a steadyrate the marketshouldcontinueto trade
technically.
in a priceseriesof wavesthat allowsfor the
PHASE
Whenyouget a RHYTHM
the majorityof
with multipleconjunctions
futurecriticllpricelevelto coincide
will pickup on it in advance.
ratioanalysts
that is wherethey will targettheir ordersfor profit
If they feel comfortable
it.
of it if youcanrecognise
of trend.Takeadvantage
takingor a reversal
Brvce'X-ABCD
66
Section2: Chapter- 8
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
ANy CCXL$NATIONS
oF eBOirtETRy
WOUTD
rsstsT yout
DECI9ION TO TRY A
REVERSAL
TTADE:
IN ADEN iAY
PNIORITY WOULb BE:
CD-XC=
0.ttE
0.500
0.61t
AC - eD.; 1.000
OF
CD - BC: 1.000
67
Section2: Chapter- 8
SpecialSituations:
It is wellworthyourtime to studythe situationswheregeometryformsin the
Reverse
Crossconfiguration.
Sometimes
in a progressive
marketthe CDleg will be longeror shofterthan
the AB leg as the marketis tryingto reacha levelthat may"squareup" a
retracement
levelto a prior )(A leg.The ABCDneedsto relatein someway
andif the BCandthe AB legsdont relateby ratioto the CDleg it will most
likelyrelatein the BC-ADReverse
Crossconfiguration.
IITIPORTANTWAVE FORl,lATIONS
- REVERSE
CRO55
BCx
BCx
BCx
BCx
BCx
1.618 =
L.732 =
2.000 =
2.236 =
3.000 =
A
A
A
A
A
b
D
D
D
D
B C x 1 . 0 0 0 =A D
H E1uc Gilnorc
Bryce'X-ABCD
68
Section2: Chapter- 8
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGiknore2004
.
IIUIPORTANT
WAVEFORITTATIONS
Inride Crocs
CD asa Rntioof AD
:
II'IPC'RTANTRATTO$AR.E
6t"g7. sOf. ond 98.d.
This mkcs the lqst wqvaCD
0.618. O.5OO
crd O.382of tufol ABCD
Ollr;r CDIAD rafios arc'possible:
0.333, 0.447. 0.577. 0.667. O.n7. 0.746
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
INSIDE CROSS
II,IPORTANTWAVEFORIIAATTONS
OUTSIDECRO55
a
Theseare internalmeasurements
that couldbe fulfilledto demonstrate
bindingrelationship
withinanABCD
conclusion.
Bryce'X-ABCD
69
Section2: Chapter- 8
I
I
I
I don'tusethisconfiguration
as a tradingsignalat all but it is handyto check
the wavestructuresometimes
to seeif theydid relatethisway.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGihnore2004
COMPLICATEDWAVESTRUCTURES:
DoubleCrcss
The mly importort Rqiio is a tl
[C] BryceGilmore
Ab=XC osal:l
srpprtirg
Therccouldberroinne
geometryirwolvedsuchas :CD/BC= t"272or
C6|AS: 1.618or
Ab/XA = L.27?
Bryce'X-ABCD
70
Section2: Chapter- 8
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
JEquitjss- JDfrsrirEr";b..'eS.Xt'r
gtDC (}r
tr,.fl,23
Ha.kt Evess
degree 66.7
1flr00
:
:
soFF Tor i
Gann
llidr
{s-At
<<
>>
r.t500
d
tt:lt3)
66,r *
6t,E XC
td00n
lll ?5
to.st,l
1.000nrfltrpl
0.iB[t11,{3]b) r73tJ0
c l1]t-5
613 Y:0
o.orolrtori;
.1tsJ.25
tt.so
05m
B - 1119.00 f,125
A - l14BJ5
15.25
X - 113300 l/,00
t
I
I
SS
: s e : F s r - "r t D + t l X
6snt=z sarsootrinir,irurs-Gi;;roijttoinoriifriurar,rn
ij,iiibri i,ii6Ei i.iri{;i"e,iruitia
Brycel:tr\BCltfi.oej
,tf0.0{ ,
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGihnore2004
i3500
t$00
F ArR
t2500
F-8tr-1
F-aoI
S.OFF TOFF .
GAP OUTSIDEREVERSALDAY
sr5
a5 t;
rtt3.2t
l:t - t1075
Volume
r,r
0t.it5 otitc
l8:lt0
Bryce'X-ABCD
71
Section2: Chapter- 8
[c] BryceGilmore2004
ra-c
,.Jg
4q.r{l
Bryceix.{acovlJEl
GANNS}AflNGCHARTOVERLAY
Tr6d ncnecio. '
trr,rzr;Jt3l'fi
0ti224d:
tx',?t,,04:
0rr0,o{:
2515 \bi
0,tJt9'o,l: t-m
rat i or;rg,olt t0-15
4lns*i urlsor, 1{.50
11-25
^ -. r uilto{:
-'ot'Y i u,tit3,t)<t 2?rn
.M!-9!i1 g1r1244; 5l$\rh
Avrag flange:
tf33,5t
tulrl
fltn
Ioddtdals
-14.50
As seen in Sl:Cl:P26
61.8betorr deliD
0,61t
-t1.25
14.60
A
trrc,0o_0.mq
:
ll11326l _
hcru
Gr6s6p.n
[as
FerE
ddy
VolumE
l i l , r
0{o6
0{.o7
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section2: Chapter- 8
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGihnore2004
Section 2! chaptere:
Someexamplesof X-ABCDGeometry:
geometry
Overthe pastfew yearsI havebeensavingchartsof the X-ABCD
thatwaspresentat impoftantreversals
they
are
as clear
trend.
Sometimes
of
asa bellothertimestheyhavebeenobscurely
esoteric.
I.IEfiP.L'J
l.lave Trailer
15gB.gB
SAPsBB sPX
1s36.BB
t4?8.88
ft/"'\
ltlil.
,,I
ItH
il.|
'tt[lt,
1418.
Bs
13so.B6
lzsa.00
AB
BC: O.5OO
C
Cb:0.618
AB:1.ggg
123S.BB
I'tirr
11?0-BB
IIIB.BE
1858.BA
SSB.BB
g3B.BB
lta i rr
tember2O01Lsv,r
14JanB0
BZJUnBB
ZB0ctBB
161{ar81
B3ffugB1
This was how the pricegeometryin the big picturecameout when the
S&P500
madea majorlowin September
2001.Thislowcamein 10daysafter
the 911 disasters
whenthe terroristscrashedtwo planesinto the NewYork
TwinTowers.Thetimingwasperfectfor a lowwhenit camein.
IIEE]4LY
Haue Trader
1598.64
S&PsBAsPX
TIA,tINIg
C b : 2 . 0 0 0B d
Bb : O.5OO
AB
153S.00
L47B.W
1410.BB
ffi54.68
us8.m
1z3a.a0
Lt?a.ea
Cb = 7?? dovs
EQUII.IOXES
tltg.Ea
1B5B.OB
g9B.0B
S3B.BB
l4a i ir
14JanB0
ExamplesofX-ABCD
BZJun90
260ct0E
Section2: Chapter- 9
Have frader
1598.90
1538.66
S&PsBBSPX
6r'owfh pFogtlBsdon
1478.gA
1418.00
CD=AB
135S.08
C D =0.618BC
C D =0.382XC
tzsa.50
tz38.gE
11?8.BB
1118.0A
ffisB.BB
s98.60
CONTINUATTON
PATTERN
938.86
llain
D : Jon 7th
ZBJUIBB
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Examplesof X-ABCD
74
Section2: Chapter- 9
t
I
I
I
I
S&PsBBsPX
date gZgLgT
hi
11?6.97
TOPS
LON6-TERA4
DOUBLE
Ggclefrader
Sapt
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
lo
date
llain
?75.68
EZI?Z4
ACCURACY
IN RATIOS:
to work for you then you
I am convinced
if you want thesemethodologies
I meanyou needto workto the
mustadopta policyof accuracy.
Byaccuracy
place,
you
you
If
will only be .foolingyourself.My
third decimal
don't
is not thisexactI haveto justify
benchmark
is 2 tradingticks.If the accuracy
otherreasons
why.
It does not matterwhat the marketpatternlooK like as long as you can
differentiate
thewavesof similardegree.
between
and seewhatyou
A goodstartingpointis to workwith a 3-wavesequence
of it. If you
canmakeof it. Afterthat addthe 4h waveandseewhat becomes
alreadyknowwhatwentbeforeit shouldbecomeas clearas a bellif the next
reversalfits intoa ratioprogression.
you will find that marketsunfoldin geometric
If you followmy procedures
progressions,
if they aren'tdoingthat you do not havea pricesignal,You
a
shouldonly tradeagainstthe prevailing
trendwhenyou haverecognized
valid signal. This is a disciplineyou mustfollowto removethe errorsof
judgement
thatcreepintoanytradingplan.
with
By reducingthe marketto the previous4 wavesyou are still complying
will
similar
degree
waves
of
the ElliottWavetheoryof markets that is, all
relatemathematically
in a sacredpropoftion.
Examplesof X-ABCD
Section2: Chapter- 9
[c] BryceGilmore2004
I can'tstressthe simplicity
of this approach
enoughbecause
as soonas you
add extra wavesinto the systemyou leavethe systemopen to personal
interpretation
andthatcanbedangerous.
If youcanfind geometricwavesetsin two or moredegreesof wavestructure
youwill be in chargeof the situation
9 timesout of 10.
Allthisworkis worththe effoftandit hasa definitereward.
Whatyoumustremember
is thateachwavein a seriesshouldbeworkingout
price
timeand
in relationship
to whatwent before.Identiffingthe degreeof
the seriescansometimes
be difficultbut it is MORE
THANpossible
usingthe
X-ABCD
approach
the wayI haveperfectedit for myself.
Whenyour mindis preparedto believethat this systemmustgiveyou the
answersyou can throw awayall the falsetruthsyou havebeentaughtby
othersandmoveontoa higherlevelof consciousness
andunderstanding.
The approachis DYNAMIC
and can be appliedto all free tradingmarketsif
theytradewithsufficient
volumeandarenot manipulated
by insiders.
Wavesetsshouldbe obviousin all degreesof marketmovement
for you to
adoptan opinionthat the trendwill change.Whenyoufind onewavesetthat
fits yourcriteriago furthera fieldand lookin the largerdegreeto seehow
yourtargetpointis in the largerschemeof things.
significant
Knowledge
is power neverforget it. Overthe yearsI havecalled100'sof
marketreversals
eitherin advance
the dayafterif
or on the day,sometimes
the marketpatternneededto confirmmy signals.Butnevermorethana day
out.Thestrongest
tradescomewhenyougetthe confirmation
in anycase.
DualRatiocombinations
in wavesof similardegreeoftensignalreversals
of
trendor the beginningof a correction
in similardegree.If the marketdoes
not correctandcontinues
throughthe *SIGNAL
LEVEL"
the signalbecomes
a
non-confirmation
and confirmsa continuation.
Whicheveris the casethe
signalbecomes
a tradeentrypoint.
Thisis the mostvaluableinformation
I canpasson to you,trust it forgetall
the otherthingspeoplehavetaughtyou unlessthe marketfits a geometric
citeria. I promiseyou it will saveyou a lot of heaftbreakand makeyour
process
tradingselection
far easierto dealwith.
Thisstuff is like magicif you canunderstand
it - you will onlyunderstand
it
whenyou loseyour impatience
andlearnto openyoureyesandtakea little
in at a time.
Following
is a geometric
situationI recorded
in the JulySoybean
contractat a
corrective
highin April2002.
Examplesof X-ABCD
Section2: Chapter- 9
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
S0YBEftNS-Julg
Have Trader
4A4.86
4?S.00
'iil't,t
4?Z.Bg
466. BB
468.68
454.89
44S. E0
lJrt
44Z.Ag
436. BB
It'
438. BB
4Z4.gA
Rat ios
l{ave Trader
484. BB
4?8.08
BC : 38.75
BiilLY
f,lr : 49.75
f,$rr$f,: 1.618
S0YBERHS-JuIg
bIAGOFIALOF A 6OLbEl.lRECTANGLE
472.89
[|tr
486. BA
468. A0
454. A6
448. BB
44Z.Bg
1.9O2: 1.OOO
436.00
43S. B0
4Z4.EE
Rat ios
lP Irice
formation.
Thesignificance
is geometrically
a GoldenRectangle
t.Aofu/ '
i r.are
Examplesof X-ABCD
, 1.ooo
i
Section2: Clnpter - 9
ATTERNATEWAVESIN A SERIES:
The recentJuly 14thdoubletop with June17u'2003.
sPB3U-38
Qcharts DSU
Lgz4.E8
u18.AB
bouble Top
1014.8
+32.8
\EIZ.EE
Altarnaies
1SBE.68
1886.AB
+33.7
ss4.0B
988.66
9fJ2.88
s?6.48
s?B.0B
s64.AB
E6/17/mg3
t{a i r-r
gE/L?
86/23
EE/27
g?/E?
g7/L1
E7/17
I
I
I
I
Section2: Chapter- 9
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
r't"'"ali6'-l
r Atsessidrsu g E s l 5 De
432.48
} t , 1 l f BI l r n l f f i l A l # i d
4:07pmE5 spiketo
921bustedby C[{E
mlwlo3
l5:{Xl:0O
EZefil
@?ro
&25-25
liore WARTALK
re m6.5O
qr -{L4
Brs -7
t 1,4?a
pf
ESO3H-18
A^ U^B.I .
C = ?8.2RETRACEIAENT
prior
ranges
clt-Bc
1. gBg
cll-ffB g.3az
cn-xfi
fl.484
fleuerse Eross
ffIl-BE 2.618
rqtios
All Fibonocci
i \ r'1''J
f e+r
11
t
RII-Xff
L.Z?Z
Lnurs
Examplesof X-ABCD
EZ/ES
DOUBLE
BOTTOAAXABCD
15:34
ffi?.?s
838.68
79
832.60
832.?5
EZlffi
Section2: Chapter- 9
[c] BryceGilmore2004
Overnight
the Globexsession
tradedup againstthe prior843higha coupleof
timeswhileit waswaitingfor the morningreport.
Whenthe EMPLOYMENT
figurecamein at5.7o/o
down0.3%fromthe forecast
60lo.Firstindications
werethe marketwasaccepting
it as a signthe economy
wasimproving,
i.e.,whenit sparked
a rapidrally.Butthisdidn'tlastlongas
economists
beganto arguethat the figurehadbeenseasonally
adjustedand
wasnotcorrect.Thisinformation
wasbroadcast
overBloomberg
at the time.
861.0A
ffi8.m
ESB3H-18
Eochleg up lL^6
ffis.@
ffiz.m
84S.m
846.m
843.@
840.Bs
8B?.BB
884. AA
6lobex
0vcrnight
boublc Bollom
BZ/g,6,/?giB3
EZ/87
llain
The highon the spikerallywas 849^4 - The fir$ leg up from the double
bottomwas 11^6 followedby a 6 pointcorrection(50%)and then another
11^6up.The61.8levelwasat 849^6.
Bythetimethe daysession
openedthe printwasbackto 845.
Qcharts CSU
ESA3H-18
EVER.YONE
His TO sEETHIS
BE6/{USE
I CALLED
IT E'RLIER,
TODIY BEFORE
H/4ND.
Current Range
17.?5
prior
ranges
cll-Bc
1.618
cn-RB 1.618
ctl*xR 8.61S
Reverse Cross
RD-BC 1.618
Insitle Cross
CD-AD 1.AA6
0utside Cross
BD-AII 8.382
Ilouble Cross
RD-)(c B.618
Xetrace Z
cll-xc
0.618
RII-XR 8.618
J\B
gz/95/z;68'3
Lotls
03:35
843.50
844.58
843.A6
844.25
82/67
80
Section2: Chapter- 9
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
in a low of
Ffiday was a down day from the openingbell.Terminating
825^2at 3:00pmET.
It was prettyobviousthat therewouldbe someshoft coveringbeforethe
closeastherewasa heavysnowstorm
in NewYorkthat hadmanyWallStreet
tradersleavingearlyfor the weekend.
851. BA
848.SS
845.84
B4Z.W
ffig.94
836.88
833. B0
838.00
BZ7.gg
BZ/97/Z:9i83
lat ios
ES03H-14
tPlrice
ab=
ZE.B0 cil=
I wasexpecting
the marketto go slightlylowerbasedon a 1:1withthe 861832 849^4but nowthat I haveinspected
the dailypicturethe 825^2 low
fits fine as a 1:0.500downon the day.You mustadmittherewas a great
tradeon the shortsidestaringthe smarttradersin the faceat the beginning
to do!
of the dayandtheyjust didwhattheywereexpected
BASIS:
LEARNTO OBSERVE
THEMARKETON A DAY.TO.DAY
If you analysethe unfoldingpatternseachday you will find that set-ups
veryobviousto the trainedeye.
become
I get phonecallsall the time from peoplewhojust wantto learnall this as
fastastheycan.It is impossible
to learnovernightandwhenI tell themthey
don'twantto hearit. WhatcanI do,I canonlywarnthemthat'sall.
Theaverageguytradingthe marketsis a moronwhenit comesto combining
technical
fundamentals
andmood,mostcant do it.
analysis,
Mostgoodtradersare "StreetSmart"and they havelearnthow the wrong
to
sideof the marketthinksandtheyjust lookfor placesto do the opposite
for intra-day
trading.
the"wrongside"mostof the time.It is a goodapproach
yourselfto do the samewhenthe timeis appropriate.
Youshouldeducate
ExamplesofX-ABCD
Section2: Chapter- 9
Section
[c] BryceGilmore2004
2: ctrapter1o:
Section2: Chapter- 10
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
L000r
l
I
I
The UP Examole:
CD = L.4L4of BC
CD = 2.000of AC
;;.j--
i
i
i 1 '
.
_ --,1-
fi.
i
i
l1
_l
The DOWNExample:
CD = 2.828of BC
CD = 2.000of AC
Here'sone that markeda major bear marketrally high in the S&P500on the
7thJanuary2OOZwith a minor doubletop. The high day was even more
impressiveon a long-termratioof 38.2 (see52 C9 page74).
Qclrnrts |jfiU
ll_88. Htt
1l?it. BB
11lfi. BS
116e.EU
1156.BB
t 15fi-ffff
t
t
1138_Bn
I
I
, : , i l
ll,t,l . Bd
1 1 3 I .A B
T126,BE
1 1 Z Bg_8
lll{. tsu
l{ain
OddBall Ratios
ESBZT{-15
,,
tzl18
tt|H
,
f ,414
0-i07
t
].2t13
IZ,IZE
83
0.58$
1.000
t
BI/EZ
El/E?
Section2: Chapter- 10
[c] BryceGilmore2004
Square Root of 3
Square Root of 5
C IUO 'eiF
I
of 5
-:--:'i l
36
rfli
0;3l9-.
.l{.{
qt
'fi'F:0t
s
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
84
Section2: Chapter- l0
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section
[c] BryceGilmore2004
2l ctrapter11:
SOLID
r.f-.:
'A
s E ( ;otti 1 - O I
rtai
o
38 IrirFl:oll
m
l
.1.,:...
I
r
:,j,t
tl
T
\
'1
/
f,
{,",
nt.'
Ettt
:I::.;l
.,1 {
\
5 t:i
p,.$[tv
LL.
P...5J
v-::
waythe marketgoes
whichever
Thisone is a moneyin the bankprobability
in an uptrendandif
you havethe oppoftunity
to buyintoweakness
because
and prOfit
the 1:1 doesnot holdyou can reverseshortalmostimmediately
fromthe continuation.
The probability
of a reversalbackup in a situationlikethis is in my opinion
is readinganywherenearoversold
closeto 90o/oif the 5 minutestochastic
andthe 3 dayswingis up.
evenstronger.
levelof BCthenthe signalbecomes
If CDis alsoa retracement
Alsoif CDunfoldsasa smaller
degree1:1youcannearlyputthe houseon it.
to standingon a cliff edge
Everyone of thesethat you missis tantamount
andthrowingyourmoneyaway.
I see thesesituationscomealongvery regularlyin the intra-daymarket
patterns.
Section2: Chapter- 11
[c] BryceGilmore2004
', gB
? R.etr.acetner
rl on o 1 : Altilrnoie
,
,
I\ i
,*rtnl",otn
Ir
t l \
i :
i
i
i
l
t j
I
T
I
l i \/
t
BU
5E
'l
-.--j-
'
i
\
3 8 ?ri"
11
' , l]: , \I t
Neverlook a gift horselike this one in the mouthif the dailytrend is down.
The onlytime it is not likelyto work is if the low at C was somethingmajorin
the biggerpicture.
oistl
I
I
Section2: Chapter- 11
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
TRADINGSET.UPSon 1:1's:
: 5
r.'f;
f,rA
r'
/\
f't,,
$'
'6'
[.8,
50
l r " rl '
V
l;8ri , 5 0 i R I TR;
11of
tqi;
iEr-rl
EQ'IAL
w/1 ts:
UP:
. e . : ; */
ot',I)out la 1:
I\
:'t
i,
, B r B n'Loko ti >> /
J\ , t
{.''
/,, \
.\
iffiENr '
I
\,
A
LL
,u'-t
\
\
grl
3t
4,
:l
1:1
-,ff,
t . , . ii .. : . . :
L( W ; IT5K.EN]i Rv [EVl L5
[c] BryceGilmore2004
DOUBLETOPSon 1:1's:
signalsI know
Tradingset-upson 1:1 alternatewaveratiosarethe strongest
of.
in the market
TOPSkeeprepeating
It's a strangephenomenon
that DOUBLE
placeso often,but theydo, andyou haveto learnto takeadvantage
of them
whenthey line up with something
elsethat seemsto be impoftantin the
geometry.
unfolding
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
Doubletops that form without any obviousgeometryshouldbe taken
cautiously.
I
I
I
Bread& ButterSetUps
Section2: Chapter- 1I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
DOUBLEBOTTOMS:
of geometric
Normally
for a doublebottomto holdit hasto havea foundation
larger
suchas a pricelevelfroma previous
strengthin its favour.Something
degreewaveseries.If it doesn'tthenit will mostlikelyfail andit is betterto
tradeto the downside.
besoldasa breakout
won'trunawayfromthe lowin
If a doublebottomis goingto holdit normally
wait
and see if the marketregains
in
my
to
a hurryso it is better
opinion
somestrengthbeforeyou buyit.
then you can beginbuyingso
Oncesomepatternof rejectionis recognised
longasyoucanjustiffan unfolding
strength
onthe chaft.
allthe smat traders
ThereasonI don'tlikebuyingdoublebottomsis because
preferto sellwhenthe marketis showinginherentweakness,
as it is more
than
recovery.
susceptible
to failure
Thereis no bettertradearoundin my bookthanwhena markettakesout a
doubleor triplebottom.
Bread& ButterSetUps
Section2: Chapter- l l
HOOKTRADINGA RUNNER:
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
90
Section2: Chapter- 11
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
RECTANGLE
BREAKOUTS:
----fi
-,-:
-r----:--
i ' i i i
i\'
mayform as a
On occasions
strongrun UPthe rectangle
afteran extremely
seriesof tops.A bullishrectangle
seldomhasmorethanonedoublebottom
is that it will
scenario
so if the movelookslikeit is exhausting
the best-case
reverse
directionbackdown.
aseachattempt
Youshouldbe ableto recognise
thissituationwellin advance
traders
at a breakoutto the upsideis metwith heavysellingby professional
whodon'tthinkit cango higher.
In thesesituations
will flushall the longpositions
the breakto the downside
andthe movedownshouldbeverydramatic.
The conclusion
bar as the shottsstaft
shouldend with a SPIKEVOLUME
profits
takingtheir
all togetherastheyrun intoa nestof buyordersproviding
underlying
support.
Bread& ButterSetUps
Section2: Chapter- 11
[c] BryceGilmore2004
RE-ENTERING
A DOWNHILLRUNNER:
Sometimes
whenyou get a messybreakoutand it is followedby a steep
declineto confirmthe marketweakness,
you maynot be on the move.If you
seea haltto the declineandthe trendlooksclearlydownyou canplana reentrywiththe trendbasedon the amplitude
in the series.
of the 1ocorrection
The next correctionafter a move showstrend shouldnot exceedthe 1$
correction
by morethan 1 tick.Youcanalwayssellat the 1:1 backup with a
tight stoploss
or sellthe hookon a furtherbreakdown.
I preferto sellthe 1:1
as it givesyousomelatitudeif the nextbreakout
is
down a messyaffair.
In all the yearsI havebeentradingI havenoticedthatthe problemwith most
novicetradersis that they deliberate
for so longoverwhereto takea trade
theygiveno consideration
to the factthat it is possible
to stepin andout of
the marketat will. If your risk is smallyou can practically
enter a trend
anywhere.
Whenyou combinehighprobability
with smallriskthenyou are
tradingto WIN.
If youtakethe timeto studyeverything
I am sayingandwatchthe marketin
you
S-minute
you.
timeframes will beginto understand
whatI amteaching
Aftera coupleof yearsit will becomesecondnatureto you and you won't
thinktwiceaboutit whenallthe patternsignals
lineup.
Thetradeentrytechniques
I haveoutlinedin this chapterare yourguideto
professional
becominga
trader,if you havefaith and manageyour trades
properly
youmustWIN.Onlythefearof losingwillstopyoufromwinning.
"Theonlythingeasierthanmakingmoneyin
the marketis losingit." Anon.
Bread& Butter SetUps
Section2: Chapter- 11
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
LINESIN THESAND:
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section2:Chapter-11
[c] BryceGilmore2004
ONEMOREOPPORTUNTTY
THATARISESSOMETIMES:
Thisis an exampleof whatcanhappenwhenthe marketis tryingto breakto
newhighsand becomes
boggeddownas it is shedding
itselfof the sellersin
the way.
Thesamethingis possible
in reverseon the downside
but in the casewhere
the marketis struggling
to makenew highsit is far morelikelyto taketime
breaking
out intoclearground.
Whenthe new breakis achievedafter a coupleof attemptsthe bearswill
relentandlet it go.Thisnormallyresultsin a goodtradefor the day.
Situationslike this tend to occurwhen the marketis travellinginto new
groundwherethereis littleto no technicallevelsthat seemimpoftantin the
biggerpicture.Thetrendcouldbe clearlyoverbought
shorttermandthat will
attractthe sellers,but when they try and sell the marketdown buyers
reappear
andtakeit backup.
Generally
this sort of situationoccurson low volumedayswherethereis no
significant
newsto swaythe previous
trendin force.
The key to buyingthe runningcorrectionis that the secondcorrectionleg
mustnot overbalance
the flrst leg.The marketshouldhavea confluence
of
higherlowsfrom the outsetof the new moveupwards.The only negative
thingsthat appearto be therewill be the overlapping
wavesinfringingon the
old highs.Eachtime they do this and recoverthey sendan arrowinto the
heaftsof the bears.
Eventually
as the daywearson the bearswill runfor the hillsor reverselong
gainpace.
andhelpthe upwardmomentum
Bread& ButterSetUps
94
Section2: Chapter- 11
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
THE KAMAHL:
Section2: Chapter- 1l
Technicians
wrotemanyof the booksI first readon profitingin the market
yearsagoandnoneeverwentontoexplainwhatwasgoingon in the market
whenthetimecameto takethe trade.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Wellit is true,75o/o
of the timethe trendwill beyourfriend.Notso muchthe
1 monthtrendbutthe 3 daytrend.
Section 2: cnapter12:
MarketLogic:
Marketlogicplaysan impoftantpartin whetheryou will becomea successful
traderor just anotherfoolfloundering
aroundin the fray.
Knowing
whenthe signssetyou up for the mechanical
is probably
application
impoftant
as
,
asthe execution
of the tradeitselfat the time.
Section2:Chapter- 12
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
I'm goingto tell you a few thingsthat can happento you on anygivenday
and you will alsofind they will happento you in the future sometimeor
anotherandyouhaveto learnwhatto do whenit happens.
1.
2.
comesalong
Somedaysyouthinkthe trendis intactbut something
to wreckall yourplans,sowhatdo youdo?Answeris yougetout
'
the situation.
of the marketandreassess
3.
If you want to win over the longer-term picture you have to have a
plan that stops you from getting involvedwhen things are not doing
what is logicalwith your current knowledgeof the market position.
Let's face it you could be totally off base with the market for some
reasonand the only clue that you are out of whack is when you staft
losingmoney!
So when you staft taking losses forget your pride and get out
immediately.
If you don't you are heading for the scrap heap where all
unsuccessfultraders end up.
I don'tsaythis lightlyeither,I haveseenall sottsof genius'scomealongto
meandsay,"Whyareyousittingout of the marketrightnow?
rightnow".
withwhatis happening
Normally
I just say,"I am uncomfoftable
I
I
I
I
I
FAMOUS
I.ASTWORDS!
I've heardit all before.Sometimes
they get awaywith it but sooneror later
thatapproach
themout.
catches
I am still hereafter 20+ years,so are manyothers,but I havewitnessed
the smaftestpeopleI know.
100'sof bomboutsoverthe yearsevenamongst
at a time.
Theplanis 3 stepsforwardandonlyonebackwards
Market Logic
Section2: Clnpter - 12
[c] BryceGilmore2004
Everyloser I have ever seen in the futures industry has one thing in
common!
Theytook a positionand heldit whenit was goingagainstthem.To make
thingsworsetheycontinued
to believethat the positionwouldcomebackso
they toppedup the marginto fund morelosses.Eventually
they couldnot
fund the positionany longerso they hadto closeout or the brokerclosed
themout.
Thentherewereotherswhowentandgot somemoremoneyopeneda new
positionand repeatedthe process.
It was likethey had losttheir mindandwantedto provetheywererightandthe marketwaswrong.
Themarketis neverwrong! Onlypeoplearewrong.
It is reallyenlightening
to seewhatsomepeoplewill do whenthey havean
openpositionin the market.Onthe wholetheyaresayingto themselves
and
everyoneelse that they havea winnergoing,evenwhenthey are so far
underwater
thattheycan'tbreath.
Thisis the reasonyou mustneverholda losingpositionno matterwhatyou
think the marketmay do in the future. Because,as soon as you are
your brain cannot think objectivelyanymore.You become
undennrater
paralysed
further.
to actsensibly
andonlyexacerbate
the situation
I knowbecause
I haveexperienced
it manyyearsbac( morethanonceI can
you.
tell
Eventually
I learntfromit.
Frommy experience
in thisindustryI haveseenmanyothersdo it as well- it
is a faulteveryone
willfall intoonceor twiceandmaybe ableto sulvivebut if
you keepdoingit youarea deadmaneventually.
It is impossible
to tradeout of a losingpositionmostof the time,whichis
whythe losingtradesmustbecut at the firstsignthattheyarenotworking.
It is far easierto waitfor a betteroppoftunity
andtry againthanflog a dead
horse.
The marketwill alwaysbe herefor you,to be a winneryou haveto decideif
youarealwaysgoingto be herefor it.
Thereis no otherway!
If you wantto be a consistent
winnerremember
whatI am sayingbecause
if
youdont you mightaswellforgetthisbusiness
you.
beforeit destroys
This business
requiresmoreself-discipline
than the averageman is capable
provided
of. I have
it is up to you now.
thetoolsto shapeyourdiscipline;
Market Logic
Section2: Chapter- 12
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
Section
[c] BryceGilmore2004
3: ctrapter1:
Section3:Chapter-1
[c] BryceGilmore2004
ADVICE:
Section3:Chapter- 1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
A BULLTRENDMOBDGMPLE:
BULLISHIII\OB,s
A doubletop possibility
nAoB2.
tl,IOB1.
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
,TIOB3.
BEARISHCONTIFIUATION mob's
Section3:Chapter- I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
READIFI6THE 5IgN5'->>>
2 doys dov.rnio
61.8rctroce
THE TWO.DAYCORRECTION
:
Alwaysbe awarethat a correction
of majordegreein a volatilemarketcanbe
expected
to expireafter2 tradingdaysor at leastby the 3'dday.
If you lookfor the signs,i.e.,watchthe toneof the news.Thenlookfor the
logicalgeometriclevelsthat couldsignalresistance
or supportyou will be
prepared
quickly.
to changedirection
It shouldbecomeobviousto youthatthe overalltrendhasnot expiredby the
newsand the opinionsof the "experts".Sometimes
the marketwill correct
whilstit is awaitingsomeveryimpoftanteconomic
datato be released.
Once
the newsis released
it will be business
as usual.
Day to Day Chec}s
Section3:Chapter- 1
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGiLnore2004
Section3:Chapter- 1
[c] BryceGilmore2004
Section3:Chapter- I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
Thursday
l1:lOsm
Ilisplag
Bars
154
4:15
r;
Each day thc
semeprocadura
PRIEE...
NANGE
39.25 r
CHAHGE
3.91S
SQNg
ilegrees
113
ItllOB
ESA3U-5
10:36
966. EB
966.50
964. ?5
966.25
g9,/44
0charts GSU
s86.66
REVER,SAL
DAY
s84.49
982.68
980.40
Elose 979 2
oB e7e
g78.BB
9?6. AB
9?4.44
g7z.ta
s?9. ga
968.94
965.68
gg/a4/zgffi
EA/EL
A8,/84
E8/84
EE/94
a8/g4
go throughthe sameprocedures
so you are
Eachday you mustreligiously
fully preparedfor the nextdaystrading.This is the onlyway you will know
what is in the mindsof the technicaltraders.The low todaycamewithin4
pointsof the criticalWave4 lowmentioned
in 52:C4:P38.
Section3:Chapter- I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
Onanynewtradingday:
It paysto remember
that the technical
signalsbeingusedby the daytraders
couldrelateto only what has happened
duringthe currentsessionor they
couldbe usingrangesout for upto 3 or 4 days.
Forinstance
the 50o/olevelof the currentday sessioncouldseemimpoftant
to them,gapson the openmayseemto be importanton the day andthey
willtry andfill themearlyin the session.
The openingpriceis impoftantin respectto the initialpositions
that traders
staftthe daywith.It is a wellknownfactthatthe openingpriceprintsetsthe
benchmarkmostdays,historically
the openingpricerangewill markthe high
or lowfor the dayapproximately
50o/o
of the time.
As the day progresses
and everyonegets into stepwith the latestnewsand
the developments
a lot more
comingfromthe cashmarketthingscanbecome
predictable.
Theveryactiveperiodsare normally
the morningandthe afternoonsessions
witha lullperiodmostdaysbetween12:00-2:00pm
ET.
On Monday's
tradersbeginthe weekwith a freshmindso anythingis likelyto
happenif institutional
tradersare caughtthe wrongway aroundfrom what
previous
hashappened
to the
week.Tuesday's
the
tradeis normallyadjusting
relevantmoodof the marketand so it goesthroughto Friday.Fridayis an
unknorrun
dayunlessthe trendis quiteclearas manytradersquitearlyfor the
weekend.Weatherin NEWYORKcan be an importantissueon Friday's,
especially
if it is snowingastraderswill leaveWallStreetearlyto get home.
Daysprior to holidaysand days prior to optionexpiryare battlefieldsin
themselves
as buyersand sellersfight it out with their view of the current
marketpositionand it dependson who is prepared
to holdpositionoverthe
optionscloseout or holidayperiodto seewhowill rulethe roost.
Thenthereare daysliketodayas we go into the open,it is now9:10amET
and we havehad newstodayof a terroristbombingin lakarta Indonesia
where a car bomb was explodedoutsidethe MarriottHotel and caused
massivedamage,killed13 and injured200.Yet with all this the European
markethasbeenrallyingin the earlysession.
How the US marketwill open is yet to be decided,it is beingcalledup
marginally
but that meansvery littlerightnow.Thereis goingto be a huge
$60 billion bond auctiontoday which is likely to influenceproceedings
somewhatastradersdecideif moremoneyis destinedfor the stockmarketor
not.
Section3:Chapter- I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGiknore2004
in the morningsession
If anythingI wouldbe lookingfor a downmovement
in mindandwill
so we will seeif I am rightor not.ButI havemy parameters
workwith them so it mattersnot. 9:25amETandthe GlobexS&Pfutures
aretrading979.5down.5 fromyesterday's
close.
9:3OAM
ET. TheBELLHASRUNG:
The futuresopeningrangehas penetrated
the 979 MOBto 978.5and is
sittingon979,theopening
5 minuterangewas979.75-977.5.
In the first 20 minutesand the markethastradeddownto 977 and up to
981.25andis currently
at979.25. 985to 977= 8 points.
Thereis an ISMSeruices
repoftat 10:00am
so I will waitfor it beforeI takea
trade.If the 977 levelbreaksit is the wayto go basedon my lowerMOBat
979.
\
10:00amISM camein at 65.5 muchhigherthan expected- estimatewas
58.5froma prior60.6so that is something
newto consider.Theseweremy
thoughtsaswe progressed
throughthe earlystagesof today.
10:05am
the highso far hasbeen982andthe low 977we areat the high
endrightnowandreallyin a no man'slandacceptfor the 61.8retracement.
10:07am
marketbreaks977hasonly3 pointsdownto makea 1:1
10:09am
at thislevel.
low973.5a priorswinglowfromyesterday
10:23am
977.25marketcomesbackto testthe 977breakout.
- it'sa sell.
10:26am977.25- 3 topsherenow- retesthelddowntrend
10:37am
972 Nowwe arethroughthe 973.5priorlowtrendis down.
10:39am97I.5- priorswinglowyesterday
at thislevel
10:40am
the
shoft
resell
972.75 Close
and
on a breakof 97L
10:51am974 rallyingbacknowthe higher1:1 is at 976.5let'sseewhat
happens.
IltroB 979
Siqn of weokness
ralast break
985 to 9II = I
ffi/U
6A/94
AA/A4
ffi/94
BB/WL
gE/Ss
Section3:Chapter- I
[c] BryceGiknore2004
Tuesday5th August2OO3
98?.46
!184.AB
981.OB
I Tickfrom61.8
9?8. AB
9?5.80
97Z.gg
965.CIo
s66. ga
RETRACE
Breoksthe 50
WEAKNESS
NoSupporton l:l
963.80
sEB.B8
g8/95/zgg3
s?2.96
s?2.25
969.?5
'J79.ffi
9E/ES
of the rallyrange
InitiaffywhatI sawat the 97L.5lowwasa 66.7retracement
of yesterday.The clue for the breakouttradewas the fact that the market
The minimumtarget
was sinkingafter havingmadea 61.8 retracement.
wouldhavebeena 1:1 with the earlierrangeof 985-971.5andthis gavea
target of 966 and then there was the doublebottom with yesterdayat
964.75.Now with the marketbelow both of these levelsthe next logical
objective
is a 1:1 off 985measuring
the declinefrom 1004to 964.75whichis
39.25downfrom985at945.75.
Anyrallyat thisstageshouldnot exceedthe 8 pointerfrom971.5to 979.5so
we shouldbe prepared
for tomorrownow.
the MOBon the
Evenshouldthe marketrallyovernightin the Globexsession
upsideis the 964.75low but we also haveto considerthat the low today
brokethe 960.5low backon July 1s so the marketis in a very vulnerable
positiongoingintoWednesday.
Justthe wayI likeit.
youcanreferto S4:C1:P10
Formy biggerpictureanalysis
as 54: is wherewe
havebeentrackingthe marketactionfor about2 weeksnow.
Youmustlearnto go throughthesestepseachdayevenif youdon'ttradeon
the day,as it will keepyou in tunewiththe market.
Alsolistento the Bloomberg
reportsandinteruiews
of the tradingdayas most
of them will be rebroadcast
overthe next 18 hoursor so as they try and
explainwhythe marketdidwhatit didon the day.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
10
Section3:Chapter- I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
OPENINTEREST:
Eachdayjust beforethe marketopenthe OpenInterestfiguresfor the day
become
available.
Youshouldkeepa trackof theseas it can shedsomelightontomattersat
hand.
morningthe
astradingbeganon Wednesday
Thesewerethe figuresavailable
Phillips.
member
Carl
TTW
to usby our
6h August2003:Assupplied
Contract
I tAug
Volume
3I-Jul
Jfll-JuI
Ol
ES
lVolume
5ffi871145119:
Sep-tB
t
0l
Dec-B
ilolume
Ol
t/olume
sml
ilolume
162
x)91
I taw
Ol
1667
ud
tlolume
Ol
y'olume
Ol
3A2l
54uq
dolume
571tFE
3gffi
153:
E1
21t
Total
Delta
ol
31.JuI
Contrac
| &Aus
4-Auq
Ol
J/t17rl0l-5[E|{Fl]'t@ll
-217391 174sil 413131 27t
5/8661 6113f 1
-1721
1741
ol
555,ftr
42trt1
154!
281
11t
6283i
/tgFFl
-ln
had had a
The interestinginformationhere is that the OPENINTEREST
dramaticdeclineon the day that the marketwashedout into the 960 low
area.
Thiscanonlymeanonething: SHORTCOVERING
earlieropeninterestcanonlyriseas newsellersenterthe
AsI haveexplained
market.
of existingsellersboughtbackbookingprofitson
OnTuesdayan abundance
new sellersdid not replacethem.Thismeans
the decline;mostimportantly
by existinglongsliquidating
the othersideof their tradeswere consumed
losingpositions.
If you go backa few daysyou will seethat the selloff from the 1004high
in openinterestandthenon Tuesdaytheybegan
attracteda heavyincrease
covering.Thismayhavebeenpartof the reasonthe marketheldup today
(Wednesday)
and didn'tfall off the cliff like I thoughtit might.Everylittle
forgetit.
pieceof information
andwe shouldn't
is important
Dayto Day Checks
1l
Section3:Chapter- I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
Continued
from:S4:C1
:P35:
Thesearethe preparations
I am doingfor Monday25d'August
2003:
Fridaythe marketmadea convincing
highandthe daysrangeresultedin an
OUTSIDE
GAPREVERSAL
DAY.Thatis the marketopenedup abovethe prior
daysrangeand reversed
trendand by the endof the day havegoneall the
waybackto Monday's
low.
"r lffi--ll
t*ervatp6---ll
s.11
@D2n3
15:3000
9S475
s5 25
991.75
9S275
Btrs 35
6s,967
F Alsessirrs
,f*il*-d+r4L'T[{r*
lurr,
tee4^?
Friday's
lowtestedthe 38.2retracement
of the entiremovefromthe August
5m- 958.25low.Technically
youcouldexpecta reactionbackup at this level
but it occurredrighttowardsthe closeand hadno chanceto tell us if there
wereany buyersthere.A breakbelowthe 38.2andthe nexttargetis the 50
andif thatbreaKthe61.8.
Eventhoughthe 3-dayswinghasturneddownthere is alwaysthe chance
thatthisdownmovecouldonlybe a onedaycorrection
at thistime.Untilwe
havebeengoingdownfor morethan2 daysI will bearthisin mind.Oncethe
marketbeginstradingI canseewhatit is doingas I nowhavemy downside
guidelines.
If the marketfindssupporthereI haveto alsodetermine
whatwill constitute
a buy situationfor me. In this caseit is quitesimplebecause
the current
rangewe areworkingwithis onlyFriday's
range.
The largestcorrection
in the movedownon Fridaywas3.25pointsso that is
the startingpoint.
Dayto Day Checks
t2
Section3:Chapter- I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGiknore2004
,u lffil
|- rutsessirns
s7.01
@tz2@
15:55:@
99250
9S2.75
s1.75
992.00
% {3
Bars-l 5
Evcnif we makeo lowcr low crd rolly trtOB 1& 2 will rernainimportcrt:
I
I
I
I
l3
Section3:Chapter- I
Section 3! chapterz:
IIEEHLY
135.EE
125.E6
115.94
185.gS
1OO: PAR6%
95.48
g5.aB
?5.09
65.68
55.88
45.8A
Hairr
Weekto Week
5O = t*.
I
31llec99
I
lSSepBB
|
BBJunBl
t4
I
ZZFebE?
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
15Hov82
rlllllillll
15ffugB3
Section3: Clnpter-2
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section3: Chapter- 2
THELONG.TERM
POSITION
OFTHEMARKET:
On a week-to-weekbasisyou shouldreviewthe long-termpositionof the
market.
r
Z1ffug8?
r
Z6tlctll0
07Jan94
14]lar9?
t
ZEI{a906
15tu9t3
Weekto Week
l6
Section3: Chapter- 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
Weekto Week
Section3: Chapter- 2
Evcntuallyit
hos to breqk
onewoyl
843.00
883.A6
?63.A0
ftat ios
lC la lenilar
cd/ab=
1.844
18
Section3: Chapter- 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
numbersintosomesystemandhopingit will
Thereis no pointjust crunching
with any
work becauseit won't.Thereis no needeitherto get involved
"Guru"
market
planetarybullshit promotedby some of the so-called
as a
ASTROLOGY
Stayawayfrom thosewho promoteFINANCIAL
forecasters.
they say boilsdownto
tradingtool if you want to makemoney.Everything
absolutebullshit.Theylive in a worldof makebelieveand to saythe least
people.I haveseenit all overthe yearsandI knownow
theyaredelusionary
anythingtheysayas impoftant.
to neverevencontemplate
and Heliocentric
Justto provemy point here.arethe combinedGeocentric
positions'for
planetary
the 14hJuly2003andaboutthe onlythingthat shows
of the 13h.
up is a fuli moonon the evening
ANGIJS
GEOCD{IRIC Sfi
CgcleTrader
37814.73
Ilag
GI,iT 14/ 7/ZBB3
5:31
Gt{T
llDncun?
12L Z7 t9 lE
UEHUS
161 38 5 Cn
HRBS
338 38 51 P i
274
RSPECTS
Ji:i'i:ilfi
l, i.:
SffTUNH
9 5 1 8 5
UNRilUS
332 1? 48
NEPTUHE
312 21 22
PLUTO
257 34 2A
Sun
111 24 4
B-------------
SUN
ERRTH
l,loon
59 46
296
tn
Pi
ffq
Sg
Cn
Cp
3B
SUI{ RNSLES
HELIOCENTNIC
Cgc lefrader
37814.73
Ilag
G}IT 14/ ?/2893
GIIT 5 : 3 1
RSPECTS
gB
HERCUNl
ui
152 4?
Uf,NtJS
8? 4? 24 G e
I,IRRS
386 Z8 ? fiq
139.33
156.33
14.93
145.s3
SRTURN
S3 22 1
UNAHUS
338 23 3?
NEPTUNE
311 33 5?
PLUTO
?58 38 3?
IRRIH
ZSl Z4 4
I't0olr
116 53 46
Weekto Week
1 6 1 .S 7
Ctr
1BB
Pi
38.S9
fiq
za.26
Sg
32.74
Cp
IRNTH
SUN
t9
Section3: Chapter- 2
MEDIUMTERMTRENDINDICATORS:
TrcndTrader
$&P5[0
TR E H0
IEP|lfiTINTE
IIPEH
t s # .l [
[3[815
illflt/Ult4
9t2.5[
v85- 5{t
1 .[ [
f,ange
Trcnd
Waue
Indicator
-5t.6
-t9-$
St0ltf
tdtD
FR$T
-
IHIIICf,TIIR
[E] 2ll[1B;Gilnore
$P5IN
6Mr]
5[ ]t-fi- - ssr
[ He t YS I $
t+.1
HfiftHtT -
Iutt
IutL
IEfi[
l'lERll
TftEHII
ltF
UP
$TftEHGTII
$ullish
. LT llnly
[T llnll
STEEH[TII
0[Ens[[fitT
HF 9S6.15
[LISE
l S ? .l 0
tilt.5[
l.S[
Yesterday
TilrRV
f,hange
UP
ltF
IP
P { I $I T I I I H
L0HC
L0H[
OUT
t0H[
fiTTIIIH
t0tlE
LIHE
9$r-r9
983-ll5
+ 16 - 15
Sll It
/f ffi Il
I tt2-8[$
97t.5[
According
to this repoftunlessyou knewanythingaboutmarketgeometry
youwouldhaveto saythe trendis on the up.
This is effectivelywhat the systemtradersare seeingso it paysto keep
informed.
s&P540
High
Loru
Rge
4 t{R1
sE8.Z?
1il t-tHZ
s B 3 .8 5
59 lrff3
gB?.?4
1014.86
958.58
56.38
E
H
D
T
R
R
D
E
18..-
50 doy iifiA
Slow Trend
STOCH
1ffS
AE
{ J
ztl
9.18
L3
t(
tt
20
Section3: Chapter- 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
COMMITMENTOF TRADERSREPORT:
Finallythe commitment
to your overallviewof
of tradersrepoftis essential
the marketposition.
120000
100000
80000
60000
ao
40000
2oooo
9
n
U
-20000
-40000
-60000
-80000
L2
OE
o3
.".^5**${s}*'is}+i.}si"{'"s*,'-{r"{us
Weekto Week
2l
Section3: Chapter- 2
1eS3.gB
1153.66
ITz3.EA
ry
1083. Bg
ffi43.49
1003.60
s63.86
9z3.BA
883.66
843.04
g03.BB
?ffi.48
f{aitr
Z1sep61
and
The breakdownon the dailyactionhas beenexplainedin S4:C1:P34
present
so
T1meis
situationin the dailystochastic.
showsthe overbought
reversal.
is in favourof a significant
everything
llave
HSEXLY
frader
u3g.m
ror*'w
oRW: (
g8s.m
s64.08
?64.m
Weekto Week
22
Section3: Chapter- 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGihnore2004
peoplefromtaking
I hadto laughon FridaysinceI havebeendiscouraging
any noticeof planetarypositionsin this chapter.But I haveto admitthere
wasa significant
aspecton Fridaythatwouldhavebeenpsychologically
active
in the mindsof anyonewhopractices
Financial
Astrology.
I am surethat if today'shighturnsout to be anythingof majorimportance
I
amgoingto copsomeflackin the yearsaheadas hashappened
in the past.
Neveftheless
I will stillstickto my originalwordsin thischapteras evenif the
planetscan be provento be importantI havebetterwaysto time the market
andmywaysarefar moreaccurate
asa tradingtool.
Thesewerethe aspectsfor Fridaythe slqypilotswouldhavebeenfollowing
and I mustadmitif enoughof them divedinto the marketit wouldhave
helpedfuelthe selloff thatoccurred
on the day.
HETIOEENIRICSUHRHGTES
f,gcleTrader
ss
HENf,UBY
Ilag
3?854.11
GllT zz/ 8/Z-B,43
GHT 14:31
Neu.rYork 9:31om
ffSPECTS
48.63
OppositionL 7 7 . 4 4
Conjunction z . B 4
OPPOS
I TIOII
1?S.84
1Z;5.74
URftHUS
338 4S 3
pi
TIf,tsTUHTJ
ERRTH
SUN
278
Section3: Chapter- 2
ANOTHERCOMPOI{ENT
OF THE S&P 5O0 is the DJIA - the top 30
Industrials.
this earlierbut it wasnot relevantuntiltoday.This
I shouldhavementioned
obseruation
mayhelpyouweighyouropinionof the S&Ppositionon a weekly
basis.It paysto keepbotheyesopenif you havetwo.
o Effi--'l
rt*."a $I--l
F !,ltlssions
/LL TIAAEHT6H
1500l]
1mo0
Jul
Oct
Apr
Jd
Oct
Weekto Week
24
Section3: Chapter-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Lastweek the marketdeclinedfor two daysand then found its feet once
again.
Thetwo daysdowndid not violatethe uptrendeventhoughthe 3-dayswing
didturndown(seemy rulesin 51:C8).
Todaythe S&Pbrokeout into new territoryand the DJIAbrokeabovethe
page.
levelshownon the previous
retacement
50o/o
of the marketrightnow.
Thiscanonlyleaveuswith a bullishconclusion
S&PsBB
date 638582
hi
rnz.sg
Cgclelrader
?Bfi.5B
&3831?.
Section3: Chapter-2
SectiOn 3l chapterg:
ContractRollover:
TheE-Minitradesthe followingdeliverymonths:
1. March- CodeH
2 . J u n e -M
-U
3. September
- Z
4. December
The tickersfor the variouscontactmonthsthis year are ES03H,ES03M,
ES03Uand ES03Z. ES is the symbol,03 denotesthe year and the code
denotes
the deliverymonth.
(U) andtodaythe
the current1* monthwas September
Up untilyesterday
(Z).
activecontractis December
The exchange
rulesdeemthat the activetradingvolumeroll to the forward
on a Thursday.
month1 weekbeforethe deliverydate,it usuallyhappens
The reasonfor this is to supposedly
defusethe volatilityon the lasttrading
anddeliverable
daywhenyou havea triplewitchingwhereoptionscontracts
futurescontractsreachsettlement.
retest
Theyhought
the retest
CONTRACTROLLOVERinto bacember
Section3: Chapter- 3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
ContractRollover
Section3: Chapter- 3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
ContractRollover
28
Section3: Chapter- 3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
Sepietnber Controcl:
ffi36.48
1033.60
1839.SE
1AZ7.Ag
rgz4.86
13
r0zt.Ea
10^4
1618.69
ffi15.04
IALZ.BE
uag.BB
69,/I?,/Z$g'3
Thecurrentrallyhasoverbalanced
both lxl's but it is wedgedon the 50o/o
retracement?
Theoverbalance
of the 1xl's wouldindicatestrengthyet the 50
possible
retracement
indicates
resistance.
ficharts f,SU
1838.SS
ESBSU_38
1032^6
1831- BB
1026.BS
tgzt.g6
1816.BB
1811.06
1468.Ag
1841.AB
ss6.BB
9S1.00
986.48
gig/EE/ZBE3
(wellit brokeit
The September
contractis rallyingfrom a 50o/oretracement
by 2 ticks).
I knowin my mindthat the 982^4 low andthe 1032^6highweremadeon
pointsof force.
geometric
highvolumetradingandwerelegitimate
It's the December
levelswhenyou go backthis far that becomea mental
problem
for meastheywerenot madeon highvolume.
ContractRollover
29
Section3: Chapter- 3
u34.AB
1831.08
DECEMBER
CONTRiCT
taza.sE
1025.BB
Ig2Z..BB
1019.BE
I
I
I
1S16.AB
1413.68
10u.Ea
168?.BB
Bg/lz/zw3
DECEJIABER
CONTRACT
aS/ffir?$Tt
I
I
I
Section3: Chapter- 3
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Qcharts
CSU
1g3s.0g
lffiB.AB
Igz5.w
tgzg.BB
1615.BB
1418.E0
1010.5
1885.AB
lgw.gg
gss. BE
9SS.AS
985.44
gs/Ea/zBBs
ContractRollover
Section3: Chapter- 3
5&P5OOCASHINbEX
LO32.4t
ffi33.49
L0,2E.EE
LBZ3.8g
1818.BB
1813.ES
1BBg.gB
ua3.ss
9glB. BS
s93.08
s88.08
a9/98/?ffi3
32
Section3: Chapter- 3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
I
T
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1A18.58
I1'L51DEbAY
1gr?.06
1815.54
1914.60
1812.58
1611.OB
1BOS.5B
1688.BB
1086.58
Bg/15/ZBA3,
E5
Sep-03
Dec-03
ll
6g/a1
Eg/tg
BS,/LZ
gg/tz
Eg/15
Bg/15
ol
Volume
6/17E 52[ffi1
1ffi
Total
Deha
ES OI increosed lOOk
SP
Sep-tl3
Dec-03
Mar-04
Jun-04
Sep-04
Dec-04
Mar-05
Jun-O5
Total
7142
2757
Delta
JJ
Section3: Chapter- 3
NOWWHATHAVEI NOTICEDOVERTHEPASTFEWDAYS?
Outsideof the buyingFridayat the 50 levelof largerdegreethe playersare
sellingintoany50o/o
retracements.
Theydidit onThursday
andagaintoday.
The S&Prallyfrom Fridaycouldnot sustainitselftodayandthe big 6 point
correction
wasoverbalanced
slightlywith the marketfinishingthe daynearly
on its low.I mentioned
the significance
in a reviewof
of the 6 pointcorrection
Friday's
dailyrangein 51:C18:P112.
The continuingbuildup in the OpenInterestis comingfrom the Fundsand
the Commercials
sellinginto the NonReportable
sideof the market.If this
trendcontinues
something
hasto giveone-wayor the other.
Thereis ongoingtroublewith the occupation
with
of Iraq andthis combined
the Israeland Palestinian
conflictis not addingany confidence
to the stock
marketsituation.PresidentBush'spublicopinionpopularityhas dropped
significantly
as the costof the Iraq invasioncontinues
to growand increase
budgetdeficits. Continued
talk of moreterroristactivitycontinues
to deter
peoplefromflying.
Althoughthe economic
figuresreleased
overthe pastfew monthsindicatea
recoveryof some descriptionthe employmentfiguresshow little to no
improvement.
The progressof the recoverydependson consumer
spending
whichhas beenvery good in recentmonths,now if it stallsor consumer
confidence
fallsthe marketwill be susceptible
to sharpsetbacK.
5&P 5OO lsf Month ContinuousFutures Prices
High
Lotrt
Ege
tg3z.7g
958.50
74.2A
4 Hfl1
taL5.z8
18 I,IRZ
1471.24
50 llfi3
996.11
ContractRollover
Section3: Chapter- 3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
lst MONTHCONTINUOUSFUTURESCHART:
technical
analysis.
Thischartis the onewe usefor all ourLONG-TERM
an active
TheS&P500
futuresbegantradingin 1982andI havebeenkeeping
recordeversince.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l^lave Trader
1558.88
bISHTHLY
nErnffcEt{f,ttrs
1560.69
8.888
ft.333
E.3jBZ
a.447
8.4S6
8.508
B.577
6.618
8. EE?
E.?AV
8.786
1.008
ffi50.48
120i8.86
ffi59.88
SOB,BB
?50. 88
649. BB
"-'---?6"7.50
1836.86
la?s.s8
trzE,BL
1153.46
LL7g.?5
1232.8s
12ffi.92
1385.44
fi37. ?E
1491.41
15?4.88
456. A6
3Bg.BB
lsE.AA
s.ss
30Jul8Z
3OSep86
3fll,ecg8
Z8Feb95
ZSla999
ContractRollover
35
Section3: Chapter- 3
[c] BryceGilmore2004
youshouldkeepa correctrecordsoyou
In anycaseno matterwhathappens
areworkingoff.
will knowthe preciselevelsthe professionals
Tuesday15s September2003:
Anotherdayanotherdollar!Marketshiftsup a gearasthe buyersreturn.Now
theonlybarrieraheadis a testof the 1031high.
1834.Bg
1631.EB
1031
1028^2
LBZE.EB
1825.99
tilzz.SE
[ni
#
t}1'rt
Overbaldnce13x13
Bullish :
1819.BA
1016.BB
1013.08
1418.AS
LOET.eA
0i$/Bi8,/ZBB3
ESB3Z-14
FO#iC
Raies
Unchanged
3 DaySuing
bockUF
Bg/16
andtodayas a
I wouldexplainthe changein sentimentbetweenyesterday
The early morning
combination
of no bad newsand technicalbreakouts.
Afterthe
breakoutof the 50 only left the 61.8andthe 13x13as resistance.
testof the 61.8the marketcamebackto the 50 levelasthe marketdigested
the FOMC
Theoldclich6sayingis, prior resistancebecomesnew
minutes.
suppo$ sotheyboughtit andoff it went.
of the NewYorkStock
Thecontroversy
DickGrasso
the Chairman
surrounding
Exchange
is an oldstorynow.
Thismarkethasits sightsset on the 1075levelrightnow.The3 daytrendis
positiveonceagainas the bearsare gettinghoseddown.The bearshavea
smallchanceof a doubletop at 1031but judgingby the finishtodaythe
buyersshouldkeepcomingfor the timebeing.
mayget a
Withonlytwo daysleft untiloptionsandfuturesexpiryconditions
rightnow.
littlevolatile,that is the onlythingto consider
It's timeto remindyouonceagain:
If the market is going up you buy it - If it is going down you sell it.
Youcan keeploadingthe gun untilyou run out of bullets.Whenthe SIGNS
will act in their sameold
are clearyou can be surethat the professionals
ways.
ContractRollover
Section3: Chapter- 3
t
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGiknore2004
I
I
I
:+50r2
'103?'6
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
:fiv
: 9821.4
.45^5
Thischartis currentrightnowandcontains
the swinglevelsof the active1s
period.
monthEScontracts
overthe
It is an EsignalES#F continuous
chart
and was preparedby one of my TTWcolleagues,
Yigit Balligilwho livesin
procedure
Turkey.We haveour own automated
for Esignal
to produceswing
thesecharts.
Higherhighsand higherlows meanthe trend is UP.
Lower highsand lower lows meanthe trend is DOWN.
If you maintaina longer-term
biastowardsthe medium-term
trendyou can't
gowrong.
ContractRollover
J I
Section3: Chapter- 3
as the trendunfolds.You
or over-balancing
Swingswill be under-balancing
levelsof priorrangesasyourguide
usethis information
andthe retracement
to tradersentiment.
Theonlythingthat changes
of
as the marketmovesforwardis the DEGREE
larger
degree
TREND.Largerdegreemovesbegetlargerdegreecorrections;
swingswill unfoldin 3 to 5 wavesof lesserdegreeswingsasa generalrule.
llain
ffiA?14
BE;W?4
E3BBBE
trt0819
9369ff2
mAS16
Anothereducated
colleague
of mine,SteveRifkinwhoyoushouldall knowby
now as Steveis runninghis own day tradingeducationprogramfor S&P
my own chaftto
traders,sent me a chartthis morning.I havereproduced
illustrate
hispoint.
pricesas a meansof identiffing
It refersto alsousingthe Globexcontinuous
geometry
at importantswinghighsandlows.
with
corrections
Stevewasableto tie in the 1:1 geometryin the consecutive
low
the
1005^2
the
other
an exact38.2 retracement
of the entirerangeat
day.
I thinkthe pointStevewas makingto me, wasjust to saythat you should
examineeverypossible
angleandthe answerwill betherein morewaysthan
one.
Thereis no doubtnowthat after yesterday's
buyingspreethat anyonewho
that we
mattershasseenthe relevance
of the 1005^2lowandwill consider
haveat the leastonemoreleg up in similardegree.Thisshouldat leastget
us upto the vicinityof the 1058/1060
area.
ContractRollover
Section3: Chapter- 3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Anothercolleague
from California
hasalreadypointed
of ours,PaulBonanno
group
so
outto ourTTW
thatthe nextCASHINDEX1:1comesout at 1056.55
betweenall of uswe havethe marketcovered.
I am very proudof theseguysthe way they havetakento the educationI
haveprovidedandthe way they can nowwork it out for themselves
without
anyhelpfromme.
WhenI retireI knowthat the effort I havemadewill be remembered
forever
asthe wordspreads
to thosefewwhocanlearnto thinkfor themselves.
Tuesday17u September2003:
lffil.48
1031
1428.A6
1gz5.E0
razz.g6
1A1s.00
1916.O0
ffi13.88
1S1B.40
LgB?.gg
ES03Z-16
urh:15rh:16rh
Eg/L?/2g63
Eg/oB
B/99
guidance,
Anothersmallrangedaywith no purposeful
I watchedfor
technical
a whileandwhenit couldn'ttest the old top at 1031I left it alone.Nowwe
have only 1 more tradingday until the September/December
rolloveris
complete.
Tradersarewatchingnot onlythe ES-Zchaft,but alsothe SPX,the
SP-ZandSP-Uchartsandit is becoming
confusing
dueto the rolloverperiod.
DickGrassohasresigned
fromthe NYSE
todayat the requestof the boardso
nowthat newsis out of the ainruaves.
Anotherdistraction
rightnowis the hurricane
off the EastCoastof the USA.
Stillin general
termsthe marketshouldbe heading
up.Thereis nothinggoing
on that saysit shouldn'tbe excepttechnicalsellingby the fundsand the
commercials.
andthe buyers
Seehowthe OI went up on the riseyesterday
absorbed
it.
ContractRollover
Section3: Chapter- 3
5P - 0I
5P
871n1
Sep-03
Dec-03
Mar-04
Jun-04
Sep-04
Dec-04
Mar-05
Jun-05
Total
246217
+8-'".
824181 I
TLTI{E& PRICE ;
G
a
r
t
I
e
11&EXERS
rsl
EBA3Z4
1552.8?
u
s
t0
tzt
azLBLg
?68.63
TII,IECYCLE
dags
S3B
degree
913
ueeks 13Z.tl
mths
38.6
Uears Z,536
RffHGE
[0uE 78'4.24
t
58.5
Sqrlld
Z.IB3
TT
I
s
a
z
k
EXISTINI BE/4Ri,IARKET
zaaaa324- zBmBsaB
tHlhelp, [+]Scrsll,
tEsclExit
40
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l
we needto be
time and priceconjunction
As we get closerto this MAJOR
just
mean
to
anything.
it
out
in
case
turns
its
consequences
awareof
ContractRollover
I
I
I
I
Section3: Chapter- 3
I
I
I
T
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Cgclefrader
HflRHENS
I5I
EaA3Z4
L552.8?
S+P 5ffi
CffSH
[c] BryceGilmore2004
This is onotheriechnicolopinionI hoveof
the morkot - I hovamentionedthis ogesogo
ond why I thought ltliner & Plechier v.rere
on lhe wrongtrock.
ru
G
a
r
t
I
e
I
AZg?24
??5.6'8
TII,IEIYCLE
rlags
852
derree
trft
ueErs LzL.?
nths
ZE.A
gears 2.325
RAHGE
ItouE 777.15
I
50.4
Sqr9rl
?ffi6
a27
u
I
s
U
BEARMARKET
just warningthattheseare
Justbearin mindthat I am not makinga forecast
in the pathof this marketin the nearterm. BTW
the two biggestobstacles
Minerand Prechter
werecallingthe marketDOWNall the way up fromApril
in myopinion.
knowledge
2003:it'sa sadindictment
of theirself-professed
Oneshouldneverrelyon egoaloneandignorewhatthe marketis tellingyou!
Youknow,I can be the cruellestcriticknownto manbecauseI alsohaveto
acceptanycriticism
thatcomesmyway.
in yourtradingcareeris goingto be deciphering
Oneof the biggestobstacles
whoknowswhattheyaretalkingaboutandwhocanproveit works.Manyof
the thingsI havetaughtyou in this courseare not originalin any way
whatsoever,it is just the way I combinethem that makesthem the most
effective
tradingtoolsyouwilleverlearn.
comeout with.Or
The marketdoesnot listento the thingsMineror Prechter
"Guru"
he wasbadlywrongfromApril
for that matterArchCrawfordthe Astro
on aswell.
on July2nd2003:
Justgo backandreadwhatI wrotein S2:C4:P39
Pleasenote:
thesefuturetimingdatesand pricepricelevels
AlthoughI am mentioning
thereis no reasonto believethey will actuallybecomefact.The dateswill
comeandgo andthe marketwill dowhateverit wantsto at the time.
guidelines
to beawareof that is all.
Theyaretechnical
Whenthe time comesthe marketwill showits handin a varietyof ways
whichwe will be ableto identifywithandactaccordingly.
ContractRollover
41
Section3: Chapter- 3
Qcharts CS$
1848.80
LA44.AB
High todoy
1038^4
18ih
+16^2
tB4g.Eg
1436.BB
6. 1034'6 hi
u3z.a6
'--'--'jKEV
ffi28.49
tsz4.sg
Lgzg.Ba
ffilE.gA
LBLZ.EE
1S88.BB
g9/LB/?gtrJ
Bg/95
69/49
gg/tl
09/15
gg/t?
gg/18
Section3: Chapter- 3
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
Section 4! chaptert:
Psychological
Aspects
Section4: Chapter- 1
[c] BryceGilmore2004
ss?.Bg
Wednesdoy
iAonday
, Lexmsrk&
i High todoy is a l:l
Merckcome
, of lwger degree.
outwith
disappointingQusayidUday
H u s s e ikni l l e d
figures.
in Norfi Iroq
985.A0
: No porticulor
goodor.
, bad newstodoybut .
1stdownthen
fuels golly.
s83.86
s81.S0
s?9.Eg
g??.BB
9?5.89 ESA3U-s
87/Z3/ZBaA
Hair-r
E7/18
PsychologicalAspects
w/23
a?/23
Section4: Chapter- 1
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
t
I
I
J
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
Fridoy
1886.A0
LAEZ.BE
sg8.68
g94.AB
s96.BS
S86.BB
982.AA
9?8.04
s?4-ag
67/a5/ZgtrJ
g7/Lfr
Hain
g7lzl
g7/22
tr7/23
W/24
87/25
in the 1015
As I saidsomewhere
3 weeksagothe marketcouldgo sideways
- 960rangefor sometime beforewe havea clear-cutoutcometo the Elliott
WaveCountI put fonruard
backat S2:C4:P38.
Sofar my ElliottWaveopinion
is intactunless960comesout on a dailyclose.
The mostpositivethingI cansayaboutthis marketrightnowis that the 3dayswinghasturnedup again;so anybreakabovethisweekshighandI will
bea buyeragain.
ThisCHART
showsthe 3-dayswingssincethe 12hMarchlow.
w3
S&PsBB
High
Lou
Bge
1414.88
788.54
ZZE.38
a:a
Themostlikelyreasonwe havebeenexperiencing
of lateis
choppyconditions
W3
is
major
that manyanalystsbelievethat the highI havelabelled
a
bear
marketrallyhigh.It maywellbe but untilthe marketcanbreak960I am not
in thatcamp,although
I mustadmitI ambeginning
to wonderrightnow.
Psychological
Aspects
Section4: Chapter- 1
[c] BryceGilmore2004
f,sg3U-t3
rs13.9g
tE89.Bg
r8U5. Bg
ieBt "[B
9:17.88
t
t
It5t, u6
gng_nB
:IE5-EE
g[1,06
s??,ffs
E.-?/21/2g,tr3
:1it i rl
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
Section4: Chapter- I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
t
T
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
ffi3.88
1e1.m
1ts.ffi
lt7.m
115.ffi
113.m
111.W
18S.ffi
1S?.m
gvlzgtffia3
87/11
ll'r ! li
THES&P?
WHAT'STHEMESSAGE
IN ALLOFTHIS REGARDING
Whatdoyoudo whensituations
occurlikewe arein now?
PSYCHOLOGICALLY
YOUCOULD
BECOME
CONFUSED!
andtradeoff the
Wellthe onlythingto do is be awareof the newsreleases
PATTERN
WITHTIGHTSTOPS.
SIGNALS
was released
at
Todaywhenthe Consumer
Confidence
and Unemployment
10:00amon badfiguresthe marketbrokesuppoftand droppedlikea rock.
the
Hussein
hadbeencaptured,
Thena rumourstartedin the pit thatSaddam
the
early
rumourturnedout to haveno substance
andaftera doubletop with
reports.
morninghighthe themeof the dayturnedbackto the economic
ESEgI-5
Qcharts CSU
1883.BB
houbla Tnp
1881.flB
sgs. BB
sit?. EB
995.09
ss3.sE
991. BE
s8g.0E
9S?.BB
585. BE
983.88
9fl1. EB
Whcnevcr
lschnicolpricc lcvel:
kacpfoilingis uork RELY
0r'l FATTER]'|
PUEELY
6?/Z&
Psychological
Aspects
A?r?fr
E7/2fr
<- Eunour
Saddornis
Capturcdl
67r'u;|]
E7/Vg
ATW
Section4: Chapter- I
ss6.B0
Some6EOfiIETRY for youl
ss4.5B
9S3.BB
ss1.5g
sgo.68
988.58
SB?.BB
s65.58
984.88
s8z.58
g7/3B,/aEE3
F'1*il
g?/zg
a?/zg
B7/zg
87/38
td?/fi
g7/38
The only thing constructiveabout today was the way the GEOMETRY
maybe returningfrom
unfoldedin a seriesof 1:1 reversals.
Thetechnicians
pointing
theirsummerholidays.
ThePATTERN
down.
is still
forces
Alsodailynegativenewsis comingout of IRAQas the USoccupation
are continuallycomingunderisolatedattacksby survivingloyalistsof the
SaddamHusseinregime.The whole thing is getting boggeddown and
causingsomepoliticalunrestas moreand moredeathsof US personalare
repofted.No weaponsof massdestruction
havebeenfoundand politically
this wasthe reasonfor the war, evenif the coalitionforceshaveremoveda
dangerous
dictatorfromthe worldstage.
Briefingdot comrepoftedtoday:
16:20 ET Dow -4.41 at 9200.05 Nasdaq-9.42 at 1721.95 S&P -1.63 at
987.65: [BRIEFING.COMJ
How long does it take to get to nowhere?
Apparently,six and a half hours- at leastthats how long it took todayas the
Dowand the S&P500 spentthe entiretyof the sessionuacillatingright below
the unchanged
line and closedthe sessionwithslightlosses.
Wth regardto today'seconomicnewq the Fed'sBeigeBookwasreleasedat
1400 4 but did not have an effed on the market.. Thereport indiated
that the economy"increaseda notch'!over the past coupleof months,but
that capibl expendituresremained "weak'. The market is marking time
waitingfor an abundanceof economicrepoftsdue to be releasedon Friday.
AnotherAchillesheelfor the marketrightnow is the OIL PRICE
at just over
US$30
a barrel.
PsychologicalAspects
Section4: Chapter- I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGiknore2004
Thursday31"tJuly 2003:
Positiveeconomicrepoftsor you couldsay more positivethan previous
endof month
Nevertheless
economic
databuoyedthe earlymorningsession.
profittakingtook its toll on the earliergainsand by the endof the daythe
S&Pwasbackto whereit closedyesterday.
p-l
tntenoal
,orl@--l]
F Atsessions
Price 0.00
Datr6 07Bt/03
Tirne 15:35:00
Open 99125
High 99125
Low 34725
Close 99t25
Csr% 0.0
t tsars37
141?.BB
1013.BE
10gg.BB
NOTHTNg
/I,TEAhIs
74?/o Rclrqcatrrent
1965.49
IEBL.bB
9g?. BB
sg3. B0
g8s.68
985.68
s81.08
9T?.gg
E?/31/?;0/9.3
f'{ain
E'l/11
g7/18
WlZL
E7/24
B7/29
B7/3I
Section4: Chapter- I
LAST: 97
HIGH:gg3.OO
v 9.70
CHANGE:
LoW:gr/.oo
8Jll2O03
1010.00
,1000-o0
s90.00
s80.00
g70.og
s60.o0
.E
2g Tradinq Days
Increasing
Uncartainiy
s5o'oo
s30.o0
e20.00
910.O0
Whichever
wayyou lookat it the marketdidnt like it andthe bestdirection
for the daytraderswasto sell.The3-dayswinghasturneddownagainbut it
pattern.The currentsupportpointis still
meansvery littlein this congestion
960 beforeI woulddeclarethe trendhasdefinitelybrokendown.It ceftainly
lookslike the marketnow wantsto test the 960 levelbeforeit decidesone
wayor the other.
Practically
speaking
the markethasbeentrappedin a tradingrangefor two
monthsandall the longer-term
investors
havebeenmarching
time.Overthis
pasttwo monthsmassivecapitalinflowsbackinto investmentfunds have
suppofted
thismarketso it remains
to beseenif thisinflowtrendcontinues.
Wellright now I wouldnot bet on it andjust proceedone day at a time as
this is the bestcourse.Theonlythingbetweenhereanda 50 pointdeclineis
973and960.
As I saidyesterday
to
the chartpatternis lookingmoreandmorevulnerable
weakness
right now and it wouldrequirea "giantrally"and a breakabove
1015to provideanysustainable
strengthin the mediumterm.
pointof
It is goingto be interesting
to seethe finaloutcomefroma technical
view as we havebeenworkingalongwith this unfoldingmarketfor some
monthsnow.
Personally
I don'tcarewhatthe outcomeis froma tradingviewpointbecause
all I haveto do is tradewhat I seeand not what I maychooseto forecast.I
learntthat muchyearsandyearsagowhenthingswouldunfolddifferently
to
whatI hadat firstimagined.
Youhaveto learnto tradeonlywhatyousee.
PsychologicalAspects
Section4: Chapter- 1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
w--edry$gy-."......
--......,-.....
..Il':ri:y*-......-......-.1-::i*y-.
LBig3.AE
1600.BB
ss?.04
ss4.a0
ssl. sB
sB8.89
s85. A6
sBz.g6
9?9.BB
g8,/BL/z:B/8.3
Fia i lr
Qcharts ESU
1888.BB
1004
1804.BB
1804.B0
gs6.Bs
9gz.Ba
988.88
s84.89
gga. BB
9?6. Bg
g7?.EA
968.BB
g8,/a,4/zga3
g?aa
Section4: Chapter- 1
[c] BryceGilmore2004
s&P504
date 83961?
hi
1B14.BB
DoublaTop
I
I
I
I
I
t
GgcleTrader
llain
.'rlilllh
l l ': 1h
in patiern
'l t W :
s?z.gg
1:1fails -:>>
960. B0
s48. BB
Next 1:1
.
936. Bg
ES03U-68
945,75
f _ _ _ i l _ _ _ , , , , _ r r r r r { r l i l r l i l |
gE/13
g7/93
B?/tE
A?/6
EB/ffi
At timeslikenowit is worthrecalling
the doubletop in Marchof 2002as the
conditions
are vaguelysimilarin termsof investorexpectation.
Moneyhas
recentlycomeintothe marketat an unprecedented
paceasthe earlystaters
havebecomecomfoftable
thatthe worstis over.Wellwhoknows?I don'tbut
the signsaresayingto me- don'tbe an investorrightnow!
Psychological
Aspects
l0
Section4: Chapter- 1
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
plansarefindingdifficultymeetingthe
retirement
Companies
with self-funded
currentpaymentcommitments
from fund profitsas the interestratesare at
income
suchlowlevelsandthe
streamintotheirfundsareat verylowlevels.
Theirtraditionalassetsto backtheir fundshavelost billionsand billionsof
dollarsoverthe pastfew yearsandrightnowtheyareshowinglittlehopeof
recovery.
It is saidthat companies
withtheseplanswill haveto dip intotheiroperating
profitsto top up the outgoings
on the currentcommitments.
Anotherthing about the incomestream of the retired sectionof the
communityis that they no longerenjoythe benefitsof the high interest
will
Thisphenomenon
regimeandtheirdisposable
incomes
arefallingrapidly.
flowthroughto the consumer
demandsideof the marketandstagnatesales
andbusiness
incomes
fuftherin the future.
equationleadsoneto
with the increasing
Thisfactorincluded
unemployment
nowcouldbe with
conditions
we are experiencing
believethat the economic
has
run
up
an unprecedented
for
The
us a Iongtimeto come. USGovernment
habitthey
deficitthis time aroundand if they do not curbthe overspending
policies
of today.
havefallenintothe futurewill be mortgaged
by the stimulus
Futuregenerations
will have difficultieswhen it comesto socialseruices
entitlements
on the currentpath.
that thingscan only
You don't needto be a Rhodesscholarto understand
people
along.
improveif
havemoneyto spendto spurbusiness
Frommy part all I am spendingmoneyon right now is livingand business
expenses,
and indulgences
such as boozeand cigarettes.I
enteftainment
for it if
andI will be compensated
don'tneedto travelunlessit is on business
incomebut I have
I go anywhere.
I haveno debtandI havea considerable
no reasonto go out andspendmoneyfor no reason.
Theremustbe plentyof peoplein my positionbutthe majorityof peoplewho
want to spend do so by borrowing;the private debt level is at an
highlevel.Sowheredo we go next?
unprecedented
Notto far fromhomeI suggest.
Withterroristthreatsall overthe worldthere
your
neckout if youlivein a safeenvironment.
is no reasonto stick
Anotherthing the occupation
of Iraq is provingto becomeanotherpolitical
nightmare
as it dragsout andwith the priceof oil on the riseit addsanother
negative
economy.
to costof an expanding
Anyrruay
theseare onlysomeof the thingswe shouldgivesomethoughtto
whenwe thinkaboutwherethe marketcanfindanyextrabuyingimpetus.
Psychological
Aspects
tl
Section4: Chapter- I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
PsychologicalAspects
t2
Section4: Chapter- 1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
the
Wellyou mightwonderwhy I persistin teachingpeopleto understand
players
players
with.
identiff
thatthe smaft
markets,
the
andthe mechanics
It's reallyprettysimple!
themto WIN.
I liketo seepeopleWINandtheypaymeverywellfor teaching
It's reallya WIN-WINsituationin my mind.
but
Youknowoverthe yearsI havewrittenmanybookson tradinganalysis
I havealwaysfelt I wouldlike
as I havegottencloserandcloserto retirement
to leavethe very best on the tablethat evena high schoolleavercould
understand
andfollow.
- I neverhavebeen.I havealwaysbeen
I am not partof the establishment
personsuitsmy lifestyleas I don'thave
my ownman.Beingan independent
to answerto anyonemostof the time.
reminded
of the futilityof the
I am continually
As moreandmoretime passes
systemas it standstoday.
The education
systemhaschangedso muchsinceI wasa kid at school.In
my daysif the teacherthoughtyou wereout of orderyou stoodin lineand
took a belting.Todaythe kidsare not allowedto be hit for any reasonand
is to saythe leasthopeless
astheydont havea cluewhatthe
theirdiscipline
real worldis all aboutuntil they haveto get out and suppottthemselves.
Theyonlylearnwhentheyhaveto getout andfendfor themselves.
The systemtodayteachesthemto cheatas besttheycanand not worklike
the olddaystaughtyou.The moderndaysystemis notteachingpeopleto be
boundby their word anymore.The new deal today is to get awaywith
It's a realdilemmawhenyou have
whateveryou canandhideyourmistakes.
in
companies
taking in universitygraduatesand makingthem specialise
foxholes
andnot knowwhateverelsegoeson outsideof them.
In normalbusiness
todaya persongoesout andgetsa job and is taughtto
do onespecificthingwithoutknowingthe effectof theirjob on the scaleof
the wholeoperation.It's a patheticsituationin my mindandit extendsto all
thingstodayin regularbusiness.
Youknowwhenyou go to the supermarkettodaythe kidson the registers
can'tevendo mentalarithmetic,they just swipethe bar codeswith their
machines
andwhenthe totalcomesup they punchin how muchmoneyyou
gavethemandthe machine
tellsthemwhatchangeto giveyou back.
Butthis is the newera andwe just haveto workwith it. I thinkthe longerit
goeson the greaterthe advantage
thereis to the personwho canbecomea
of
masterof all the facetsof the realworld.All it takesis an understanding
youaredealingwith.
the competition
PsychologicalAspects
13
Section4:Chapter-I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
I have
I mightappearto be veeringoff trackat this pointbut psychologically
changein accepted
a perception
that we havebeengoingthrougha massive
valuesthroughoutthe past 20 years.The internethas made a major
is
as this sourceof information
is transacted
to the way business
difference
available
to everyonein the safetyof theirown home.Thingshappenmuch
fasterasa resultof it.
IN THEMARKETS:
You know that in the daily marketactivitywe have lots of optionsand
of success.
oppoftunities
to taketradesthat havea highprobability
I am not surewho believesme andwho doesn'twhenI declare
Sometimes
rightat the timethat the marketis a sellor a buy.I do it liveon my training
sitetime in andtime out. Butto my mindit seemsto me it is onlywofththe
valuewhenthe markethasrunits courseandmy calleitherwonor
education
lost.
AnythingI say in the heatof the marketcouldpossiblybe seenas purelya
guess.But I shouldassureyou it is not a guesson my paft, my callsare
inspired
froma wellfoundedbeliefthat I havethe oddsin my favour.I know
(prettywell mostof the time) what the otherplayerswill do underceftain
andI go for it.
technical
situations
whenthey seem
to act on technicalsituations
Psychologically
I am prepared
good
tradershave
that
all
trading
so clearto me. This is the one aspectof
learnt.If youseeit andit look realgo for it.
If youarein doubtleaveit go.
myselfoverandoveragainas I writethis manualbut
I am probably
repeating
canonlyhelpin the long
Repetition
it is importantthat you get the message.
run.
to trade
Overthe yearsI haveseenmanyotherpeopletry andteachstudents
just
can
think
they
don't
I
and the resultshavebeenfar from satisfactory.
traderwho
to anyoneother than anotherprofessional
explainthemselves
whattheyaretalkingabout.
to understand
alreadyhasthe experience
in manydifferentvaried
WhatI amtryingto do is provideenoughinformation
place
you may pick it up
point
in one
ways that even if you miss the
somewhere
elsein thistext.
whenI first studiedGann& Elliottworkyearsago,way
Youknowsomething,
backin the early80's.I hadto readand re-readmanythingsoverandover
again,pageby page,to get their ideasinto my mindandtry to understand
whattheseguyswereon about.It wasn'texactlysimpleby anymeans.
PsychologicalAspects
t4
Section4: Chapter- 1
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
Wednesday6thAugust 2003:
Howthingscanchangein oneday!
the marketopened
fromyesterday
Evenwith all the bearishsignalsapparent
going
to fall overbut
anddisplayed
somestrength.At first I thoughtit was
yesterdays
points
correction
1:1
with
a
whenthe impliedresistance
at 8
up on
cameout it wasobviousthe markethada fair bit moreupside.
9S0.BA
s87. BB
984. BA
s81. O0
978.84
9?5.04
S?Z.EE
969.80
966.BB
966.?5 ->>
983.80
968.99
EE/816/?0/8'3
!f61.?5
g6e.Z5
959.25
961.00
gB/W
CgcleTrader
GEOIIIIETRIClcvels
The nexi AITAJOR
thot could oet os orpport in a fur{fier
llain
PsychologicalAspects
Section4:Chapter- 1
[c] BryceGilmore2004
3g5K
u.0%
2.1o/o1.9%
393K 3BBK
-0.4%-0.3%
$6.08
$ 8 . 1 8$ 7 . 3 8
4.0o/o
s?z.ss
S?8.BB
s68.BB
966.00
964.68
962.Ba
s66. BA
9/8,/97/ZAB3
88/95
Ag:38
:165.75
S6?.64
964.25
SEs.BE
Bi8,/97
goodeconomicrepoftsthe
Withthe absenceof any badnewsandreasonably
marketaimlessly
trendedup throughout
the day.Thepatternfor the daywas
mixedto say the leastbut at this point in time the markethas remained
abovethe 960breakfromtwo daysback.
It lookslikeeachrallyup as.itunfoldedhadthe daytraderssellingintoit. The
lackof followthroughon eachdeclineindicates
therewasverylittleconcefted
conviction
by the bears.Todayalsowasan insidedaywith a 13 pointrange
andthe time up fromthe low is two daysnowwith a rangeof L7 points,not
either.
an inspiring
example
of buyingconviction
Thefactswe havegoingintoFridayarethese:
1 . The3 daytrendis downandto turn up the markethasto tradeabove
982andeffectively
985to lookconvincing.
fromthe 958.25
2 . Todayis onlythe seconddaywe havebeencorrecting
lowso it is stilldebatable
if the lowis impoftantin the biggerpicture.
3 . Thecurrentmarketpositionis on a doubletop witha 61.8retracement
labelattachedto it.
Psychological
Aspects
Section4;Chapter- 1
t
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGiknore2004
a
the 975.25doubletop it still hasto negotiate
4. If the marketbre.aks
at 981,
largerdegree38.2a littlehigherandthena 1:1 at 979a 50o/o
985.
high
at
a 3 dayhighat 982andthe sruing
levelsin the next10
resistance
of technical
5 . Buyersfacean abundance
pointsto the highside.Thecleargroundis onlyabove985.
985
gg./8?lZAE3
H ai n
8?/39
Section4: Chapter- I
to14,7n
xs63u-68
1411.O0
1485.A0
sgg. BB
9S3.00
sE?.Eg
981.B0
s?5.09
s6g.06
sffi.aa
Cb = 70.7 of AB
a'J/0i5,/z;B,0'3
E7/89
Bz/LE
g7/ZZ
g?/?fr
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Eg/94
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
9?1.44
s6s.9s
96?.B0
s5.09
963.SB
il
W$B/Zw,3
EWBE
PsychologicalAspects
ffilg?
0iE/A?
aa/6a
ffilffi
E8,/tr8
Section4: Chapter- 1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
ESA3U-18
Ilisplag
Bars
I$onduy
Tuasday
za4
PNICE,..
RRNGE
32.25
CHffHGE
3.378
SQN9
degrees
93
Qcharts 8SU
1AZ3.AA
ES93U-58
101?.B0
1S11.BS
1Ba5.aE
ggg.B6
gs3.E0
S8?.BB
981.BB
s?5. g0
s69.AB
still!
Business
Ifuarr.y
s53.86
BB/g5ragtrt
g6/13
w/98
g8/lz
T9
Section4:Chapter-1
[c] BryceGilmore2004
BeforeI go on to Wednesday
I shouldshow you why 985 was a solid
resistance
levelfor sellerson Monday.
g8g. gB
Prior SwingHigh985
985. BB
g81.Bg
;26;:5-
RevarseCross
2.000:1.OOO
S??.BB
g?3. BB
gEg.BB
965. BB
961. BB
gs3. BB
9S1.5S
.,,*n[ud
999.9S
988.58
SS?.BB
985.59
984.04
E:E3IF1
982.50
ffi,/LS.ZBSS
_
g8/lz
PsychologicalAspects
lii
l
Bg:31
r
Sn.sS
l
r
Sxl.BA
r
9S2.0O
r
rlrlill
g!U.ZS ffi/t3
Section4: Chapter- I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
ESB3U-64
Ocharts ESU
razS.aa
taLT.sg
1014.75
fill.8A
1004
ffiBs.BA
gsg. B0
ss3.ga
s87.96
981. BA
9?5. BB
969. SB
963.6S
EE/9,5/ZgB3
after
Bythe endof the daythe retreatfromthe morninghighwascontained
of the total
with a 38.2 retracement
a 13.25pointdeclinewhichcoincided
would
(a
level
everyone
suppoft
moveup from 958.25 no-brainer
technical
havebeentargeting).
51.8oftotol
993.06
98!t.EB
t0t4J5 / 958.?5
3 Day SraingUP
ES93U-1S
985.06
981.68
'
s??.aa
s?3.BA
972.75
3 day low
s6s.00
s6s.BB
s61.86
9_79.75
supPorT
IlllOB'sare very
clcar os we movs
along intoThursday
-13,25
E8,/13/Zgg3
once
As we headintoThursdaywe haveto go throughall our preparations
again.The differencetodaythoughis I needto checkthe time ryclesfor
todayas the 61.8 of higherdegreecouldbe very impoftantin the larger
degree.
higher.
to the marketcontinuing
Justthe samethreethingsstillgivecredence
the 30.5rallyof
1. 993 highis 34.75up from958.25andoverbalances
similardegree.
2. Supporttodaywason a 1:1anda 38.2retracement.
3. The3 Dayswingis stillUP.
Psychological
Aspects
2l
Section4: Chapter- I
of the 34.75pointrangeup
The3 day low is at 972.75andbeyond50o/o
fromthe 958.25low.
The earlywarningsignof a continuance
downhingeson the 6.25point
interlude
rallytoday.If the currentupswingcannotbreacha 1:1 of that
(986)andthe smaller
degree50thenthe lesserdegreetrendis down.
994.06
ss1.BB
s8s.50
s88.B0
986.59
Sffi.BB
s83-59
saz.E6
sffi.5s
gB/L3/Z@'3
BE/IZ
g/8/T3
BB/LZ
E8lI3
BE/L3
BB/T3
Youalwaysneedto understand
that I dont carewhat the marketdoes
tomorrowas I am prepared
onewayor the otherto readthe signsandact
levels.
on themat the appropriate
I only play the probabilities
day by day. As each day passesnew
probabilities
unfoldandthat is whatI needto keepabreastof.
TIME ??
ETBONACCI
rgL?.89
1S11.Bg
1Bg5.0B
99S. SB
!H3.90
ill
SB?.BB
:; l ll -l- -
981. BS
llr
$75.S4
t
I
I
I
I
61,8
9gz.58
I
I
I
g6s. a0
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
s3.06
s57.BA
15JunB3 ?6JunB3
BSJultrl
19JulB3 3lJul&l
13AugB3
the factthat
8/13 = 0.618, 8/5 = 1.618soft of leavesroomto consider
sometradersusingthis technicalaspectcouldthinkthe time of this rally
hasexpired.Whoknowsjust yet anyway- betterto be prepared.
PsychologicalAspects
Section4: Chapter- 1
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
61.8= 993
9!t3.66
s91.54
gs6.BB
sE8.5A
g8?. 86
s85.58
!m4.68
982.56
g81.AA
FolseBreok of 3B.Z->>l
9?9.54
BE/L4/2ffi3
aE/12
EB/IZ
BB/13
88/13
A8/14
[,
A8/14
Section4:Chapter-I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
993.AB
s91.58
99g.AB
988.50
987.BB
985.54
s84.46
g8z.s6
s81.64
9?9.50
a8,/L4/ZggA
PonicSallingon newsof
g7g.?51' POWER.FAILURES
BB/14
16:45
gBA.5B
97tl.Z5
6LOBEX
978.?5
!|?9.?5
A8,/L4
Aspects
Psychological
oths
24
Section4: Chapter- I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
FALSEBREAKS:
I'll just put this in hereuntil I decidewhereit needsto go in the contextof
the coursebut it mayjust end up stayingherein the end, psychologically
thesesituations
aredifficultto dealwith mostof the time.
Thefirstthingwe needto defineis whatconstitutes
a falsebreak?
1. Is it just a breakof a priorlowor highor doubletop or bottomby 1 to
3 ticks?
2. Is it a breakof a mathematical
levelof extremeimportance,
saya 50,
61.8or 38.2 by 1 to 3 ticks?
3. How far is far enoughto considera legitimatebreakand then a
reversalnotto be considered
a falsebreak?
4. When is a false breaka failed signalthat makesit an important
reversal
signal?
Allthesequestions
needto be answered
in the contextof the currentmarket
action.
In consideration
of the guidelines
we needa planof howto actwhenwe see
whatwe consider
to bea falsebreakout.
.A
Jlity DEF1NIl
mctl,.O
-'
i i'-.
.,/
tl
\
'I'
.Pl
i l : i
l-r'l -i l
\
\
i,lir 9et
lle'e'
..ffi
/\,
,ilL E , BIEA
]
t
1
{"
t:
\
\
[ '
il;c
\t I '
lro
..,:.:1.:.
4,,Ft C ER AK
rl
Section4: Chapter- 1
[c] BryceGilmore2004
Section4: Chapter- 1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
ss4.Ba
9S2.50
1 0 r 3 5h i g h
q9?,5
12,!up
7 POINT
RAN6E
sg1.BB
98s.50
SBO.BB
9E6.sB
s85.SS
9S3.56
+'25 SpikaRavarsolon5o
drlwn
*d o t,t
AB:5.?5
g8e.6a
CD:5.25
1 3 : 4 5- 1 4 : 3 0
OPEN
989.5A
g8,/L5/z:0ig.3
wL4
9:30
OUTR,AgE
PER.IOb
EB/14
g8,/L4
Bi8,/L5
BE/15
68/15
Section4: Chapter- I
:tg?.5a
996.Bo
gtt4.5a
gs3.a0
s91.sa
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
ssg.86
s80.50
9B?.BO
,
985.58
E8,/1g./Zgg3
g8/15
gE/Ls
g8/tg
g8,/18
Priorto Monday's
day sessionopeningGlobexhadtradedabove993 - the
signsfor Monday
aresignalling
dayat the veryleast.
a shortcovering
PsychologicalAspects
Section4: Chapter- 1
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGiknore2004
Qcharts ESU
1401.04
9S?.9S
s93. BB
98s.68
g85.AA
s81.08
s77.98
g73.BA
s6s.BB
s65.BE
961.60
gg/tlrzwS
v8/a4
a8/86
8S/68
gA/lZ
ge/I4
B8l15
1BBB.86
g9g.BB
998.08
gs?.68
995. A6
9S5.0A
sg4.o0
Open
g!|3.BA
lsl
99Z.gE
-3^6
s91. AA
g}/tf,/7flPjs
F______--__illulill
B8l18
66/18
B8/1S
B8l18
08/18
88/18
29
Section4: Chapter- I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
1015
High 101.+
. 75
Lor,r 9 5 8 . 4 5
Hge
56.50
998,75close
1-<-
I-u+.
-r'E--gzgzi
S
P
Doily is heodinginfo
overboughttarritoryl
n
E
R
T
I
n
R
$
Y
:100
Ronge
tevels
Averoge
boily
Ronge
is fEr
from
inspiring
:75
t4
7
25
z
x
0
B3B7B1
838711
g3A72I
B3B?34
B3A8B7
1.000
I
I
I
I
i
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
The more news I watchthere is a growingbullishsentimenton the US
markets,I tend to worry that they are talkingit up! Especially
when the
marketis struggling
alonglikea swimmerwitha rocktiedaroundits neck.
Factsarethe USmoneymarketsneedto attracta billionanda halfUS$a day
you lookthe European
fromoutsideof the countryand everywhere
markets
seemto be stillin recession.
Wellso it is, what'sit matteranywayif I just go alongone day at a time
settingmy guidelines
andmakingsureI dont overlook
anything.
I knowone
going
give
thing
into tomorrowandthat is I am goingto
a test of 1004 a
SELLshotwitha tightstoploss
anda breakbackthrough993getsit aswell.
PsychologicalAspects
Section4: Chapter- 1
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
flr:ierhish.
l.lll .{sly.-=-1-9---o--{
1083.08
1881.OA
99S.OB
ss?.08
sss.BB
ss3.aB
ss1.66
IIBS.BB
98?.60
g8,/Lg,/ZEB3
08/15
B8l15
88/18
88/18
A8/19
[charts CSU
LBLZ.W
140?.SB
1003.5
1882.AO
S9?.BB
99Z.AB
s0?.60
9SZ.Ag
g??.m
97Z.SA
s6?.as
IIEZ.BB
87n1/z9/0.3
B?/Zg
ge/EL
ai8./ffi
fiE/It
Psychological
Aspects
31
Section4: Chapter- 1
[c] BryceGilmore2004
sss.50
ss4.as
R,AFI6E5
8.25
7.5
ggz.59
BB/Zfr.ZEE3
:
r--
BB/18
08/18
t:
00/19
0Sl19
:t
g0,/28
,r il t l t l l t t l
BA/ZB
Section4: Chapter- I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
Thursday21* August2OO3:
ES03U-3S
flcharts GSU
LgL?.gE
30-2
tBa?.gB
Nlotquitc o 1:1
rgaz.6a
ss?.Ba
ssz.98
98?.BB
g8z. a6
97?.BB
s?z.gE
96?.EB
962.BB
Bi8,/ZtlZgE3
g8./94
tn*s
1B:66
1008.50
1AA5.56
1066.50
tggT-a5
g8,/21
Themarketopenedat 1004.5andretested1003.25slightlybeforemakinga
highof 1009.5at 10:08am
andsoldoff. Aftera rumourhit the pit sometime
therewasa panicselloff back
laterthatsomebrokerhadsold30,000E-Minis
(998.25).
lowof yesterday
downto a doublebottomwiththe lateafternoon
afterthe 12:00am
backto 1006.5at 12:14pm
Otherthana 73.3retracement
Index (whichcamein at
Manufacturing
releaseof the AugustPhiladelphia
22.L on a consensus
of 10 and a prior of monthof 8.3) all the waves
until
relationship
as the marketrangescontracted
followinghelda geometric
the end of the day. The closewas back belowthe open and belowthe
previoushigh 1003.5so it remainsto be seenwhethera highof impoftance
wasmadetoday.A declineof over 13.75pointsfromtoday'shighis required
to overbalance
the waveseriesin forceto date.Volumewasgreatlyimproved
todayalthoughthe marketwasspookedprettyeasilyon the rumourandan
interuiewwith a floortradershowedthat they didn'thavea cluewhat was
goingon. It wasalsoprettyclearfromthe priceactivity.
Qcharts f,SU
ESB3TFl
1418.68
Bf, = 0.618Xd
CD = 0,786 BC d 0,486XA d 0.667AB
AD I BC INSIDE REVERsECRO55
1BB8.58
LgE?.W
sA
1AA5.
1084.gB
IEsz,.fi
1861.08
g9g.5s
a8,/21/z8/a3
Psychological
Aspects
JJ
Section4: Chapter- I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
Friday22ndAugust2003:
WELLIT HADTO HAPPEN!!!
The marketwent into Fridaywith a strongrallyto new highsvia the Globex
session
not longbeforethe daysession
openedin NewYork.
The reasonwasa pre-market
by INTELthat they hadrevised
announcement
for Q3andthiswasthe newsallthe"blind
theirturnoverandprofitestimates
wasit came
Freddie's"
werewaitingfor. Theproblemthey hadto encounter
heavy
whenthe marketwas showingsignsof exhaustion
and approaching
technical
levels.
resistance
6AP Outsidc Reversol
S&P5AB
High
Lor,t
nge
1414.m
958.5B
56.34
4 I'tR1
sgs.18
:LB na;i:a
385 E.q
13.41
OVERBOUGHT sroctl
1BB
75
TX
tIl
25
Qcharts CSU
1413. Sg
ffias.Ea
1BB?.gB
I
I
I
!
t
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
1885. BB
ffia3.BB
1881. SB
99S.68
s97. B0
gg5. Ba
993. B8
PsychologicalAspects
t
t
tot?^2
1811. AB
EBr'-ZZ/Zgg3
Lau.:s
88/19
I
I
Bg:38
1811.58
tgIa.zs
34
1889.?5
1:A1:O.6 AB/ZZ
1
Section4:Chapter-
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
T
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
Qcharts CSU
Curent Xarrye
4.25
prior
ranges
3.25 1.388
?.aB 8.687
z.?5 1.545
z.?5 1.545
2.75 1.545
6.56 8.654
3.BA L.4L7
3.25 1.388
3.8
1.388
4.?s 8.895
3.8
1.388
9.BB 8.472
2.75 1.5f15
SELL
ESB3U-Z
B8/2?.rz:0o3
Fiair
The way the day startedand the obvioustreatmentit got by the localsas
theydigestedthe INTELnewsandfiguredit wasnot goingto be enoughto
breakthe marketup abovethe 1015level.INTELitselfwastradingat a PE
ratioof 35/1alreadyandthat wasthe cueto just SELL,SELL,andSELLevery
time the marketcouldnot breakbackmorethan 3.25 pointson any rally.
Therewasno moreconstructive
newsto comeout throughthe dayandbeing
a Fridayit wasalmostcertainas the dayworeon that no onewantedto go
homewitha longposition.
38.BB
IHTC-II
up r25e6 --l-$2e
---*"---------t--"-
z8.aE
26.80
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
zg.aa
z4.aa
zz.Bg
18.84
ffi.aB
14.88
,
r
l
E/13
l
l
Wl/16
i
|
86119
l
l
g8,/ZZ
3s
Section4: Chapter- I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
andwillgo overwhat
to finishoff thatchapter
I havedonethisin 53:C1:P12
this chapter.I wouldhateto
happensin the comingweekor so to complete
if you are studyingthis manualin yearsto
leaveany readersin suspense
come.
Oneweek on:
ls83u-18
Qcharts CSU
1815.BB
L0LZ.Bg
ridoy
1609.BB
1886.BB
18S3.BB
raBg.gs
99?.AB
2
sg4.0B
ssl. B0
s88.EB
1185.
BB
0,8,/ZZ/Zgg3
Qcharts CSU
TALZ.EB
Thur;sdoy
I.ALA.SE
+9
Lgog.?5
m88.AB
ffi05.84
TAUL.BA
LEfiZ.AE
Lgga.as
ss8.0B
slE.0B
SIH.AB
leis l1.ooo
ssz.BB
sgo.zlL-lY,-'sifft
st
aa/za
8/8/28
PsychologicalAspects
36
Section4: Chapter- I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
ES63U-5
LEZZ.g6
1018.OB
161{.0A
For myElliottWnveCount
Referto 52:C4:P38
W5 confiruned
-->
CleorBneokout
1016.OB
IBBE.EA
I9|BZ.BE
Tuesdoy
ss8.00
Todayslowretroced38.2 in the
CurrentImpulseonddid not over
s94.BB
ssa.B0
s8E.8B
New odvoncebeoon8/26
a/9/gz/Zgg3
ffi/25
Psychological
Aspects
[c] BryceGilmore2004
as it wasan
I havewrittena repofton today'spriceactionin S1:C18:P110
interesting
day.
The focal point of today'slow was the attemptto breakthe 38.2 and
overbalance
the currentwaveseriesthat begana weekago,this failedand
indicated
the marketwasgoingto attemptto go higher.
Withthe breakoutto newhighsabovethe 1014.75Wave3 highswe havea
confirmation
that we are in a Wave 5 of largerdegree.This is pretty
the bearshavebeenkickedin the teethby the
importantstuff now because
bulls.
Psychologically
the bearsare goingto haveto rethinktheir position.They
went into todayfully committedaftersellinginto the rallyall lastweek.The
similarto
is somewhat
net shortpositionof the fundsand the commercials
whereit wasbackin midMarchwhenthe S&Pwas230pointslower.
The nexttimezoneof any impoftance
I canseeaheadwill be 1800fromthe
March12frLowand that is right on the contractrollover.I haveto write a
chapteron the contractrolloverperiodfor this courseso I will coverwhat
Thiswill be chapterS3:C3.
happens
fromnowon in this newchapter.
By goingbackover and over this chapteryou shouldbe ableto learnthe
It is not difficult
correctapplication
as eachdaypasses.
of my methodologies
your
rulesall the
to remainflexibleandfollow
but it doesrequirea discipline
time. If you do thesethingsthe marketwill continueto tell you what it is
doingandthenall you haveto do is isolatethe pointswhereyou caninitiate
lowrisktradesto be a winner.
WednesdaylOthSeptember2003:
at the highon Monday.
I just hadto showyouthis patternwe experienced
Qcharts CSU
1035.B0
1032^6
1831.68
1826.9B
razl.Eb
1418.gA
I
T
T
t
I
I
Old DoubleT
1411.EB
1066.BB
1001.a9
gs6.68
s91.BB
s86.60
gg/Ig/zBg34
I
I
l
Flairr
PsychologicalAspects
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
38
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
Bg/BE
Bg/08
Bg/Bg
6g/tg
69,/tg
ag/lg
El perfecto!
you.
I havebeenteaching
Thisis onceagainlivingproofof the methodologies
this
Youmustalwaysremember
the geometrykeepstellingthe storybecause
is all the tradershaveto guidethem,all they havebeentaughtto do in the
last100yearsis to tradeoff the geometric
levels.If you knowthisyouwill be
predict
will
Long
ableto
howthey
act next.
asthereareenoughof themlying
in waitat the obviousretracement
levelsthe marketwillturn.
I suppose
if therewasevera placeto enda chaptersuchasthisoneit would
be now.Duringthe pastmonthI havebeenwritingthesepageson a day-todetail the technicaland the
day basis.I have explainedin reasonable
psychological
tradingplan.If I havenot
aspects
that are paft of my personal
mademy innerthoughtsknownoverthis time then it wouldbe impossible
thatI evercould.
I thinkthat you shouldalwaysremember
this chapteras a phasein my life
where I didn't know what the marketwas possibleof doing, but as I
approached
it on a dayto daybasisit wasnot that difficultto stayin frontof
the crowd.
Eachday is a new day and with the newsand the currentactionsof the
playersyou will be influenced
on howyou shouldhandleit. Youwatch,you
plan,andyoukeepyourdailyandweeklyanalysis
up to date.Dothisandyou
you
get
thatyou understand.
cannever intotroubleif
onlytradesituations
Pleaseremember
life is not a dressrehearsal
this is the realthing,makethe
mostof it. It canbea lot of fun whenyouhavethe moneyto spend.
PsychologicalAspects
Section4: Chapter- 1
[c] BryceGilmore2004
Readino
Overbouqht
Oversold
Neutral
High
Low
50% Level
Swing
uP/down
Davbefore
Avq 10 days
Risinq/Fallinq
Down
Reversal
?
Trendinq?
Higher
Major
Medium
Maior
Daily
Stochastic
DailvDMI
3 DavRanoe
2 DayRanqe
1 DavRanoe
DailvRanqe Yesterdav
DailyPattern UP
Yesterdav
1:1 MOB's
Deqree
Lesser
RetracementsLesser
38.2
s0
61.8
Siqnificant
MOB1
MOB2
MOB3
Pattern
REPORTS
ForTodav
Resistance
Tme released
Notes:
I adviseyou to checkall thesethingseachdayandyou will educateyourself
to get prepared!
Overtimethesethingswill become
secondnatureto you.
PsychologicalAspects
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilrnore2004
BUT,What I do know becauseof it is what they are supposedto do and I just go with the
flow. If the stuff fails to work I just go the other way becauseit is not working.
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
PsychologicalAspects
4I
Section4: Chapter- I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
Section 4= chapter2:
My Private Thoughts
Section4: Chapter- 2
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
Section4:Chapter-2
[c] BryceGilmore2004
LEVELS:
OR RESISTANCE
SIGNIFICANTSUPPORT
Thesecouldbe priormarketreversalpointswherea doubleor tripletop or
bottomcouldform. If the marketis strugglinggoinginto them expectit to
rapidly
whenit reaches
haltfor a correction
them.If the marketis advancing
goingintothemexpectit to breakthroughwithoutmuchtrouble.
in S1:C18
Go backand reviewsomeof the dailypatternsI haveillustrated
andyouwillseewhatI mean.
LEVELSfollowed by a higher low or a lower
50o/oRETRACEMENT
high:
of the
andthe predictability
Thesearesituations
that everyone
canrecognise
lling.
marketbecomes
self-fulfi
LEVELS:
RETESTS
OFSIGNIFICANTBREAKOUT
whenthey don't
Theseperhapsresultin someof the besttradesbecause
to reversebackthe otherway.
worktheygiveyouthe opportunity
GAPOPENINGS
TO A NEWHIGHOR LOWfor the week:
If the marketopensto a newhighor lowfor the weekandthenimmediately
reverses
backto fill the gap and breakbackinsidethe weekstradingrange
highor lowit is tellingyouthat all the stopsaboveor belowthe previoushigh
or lowhavebeentakenout andthatsideof the marketis exhausted.
Takethe appropriate
as it will oftenresultin an excellent
actionimmediately
trade.
TRENDS:
STRONG
ESTABLISHED
Buy or sell the breakoutsinto new territory if the correctionsare not
The trend shouldbe clear as a bell to everyoneso the
overbalancing.
shouldsucceed.
breakouts
CHOPPYMARKETS:
overlaps
andtight
As soonasyou recognise
a choppymarketby the continual
rangesstoptradinguntilthe marketfindssomedirection.Betterto just take
the dayoff insteadof beatingyourselfup.
LEVELS:
GEOMETRY
AT REVERSAL
Makesureyou alwaysinterrogate
the marketwavesfor signsof significant
geometry
to be havingdifficultyaftermakinga newhigh
wheneverit appears
onceyou knowthe
or low for the week.I can'tstressthis enoughbecause
going
in the existingdirectionit makesit
reasons
whythe markethasstopped
easyfor youto adaptto whatwill happennext.
MARKETS:
OVERBOUGHT
& OVERSOTD
Although
Alwaysmonitorthe positionof the marketrelativeto the indicators.
marketscttn remainoversoldor overboughtfor long periodsof time the
LEVELhavean
RETRACEMENT
chancesof a reversalat the next CARDINAL
extremely
highprobability.
My Private Thoughts
Section4: Chafier -2
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
T
I
T
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
t
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
Section4: Chapter- 2
[c] BryceGilmore2004
GAMBLING:
Theaveragegambleror non-professional
To startwith gamblingis a disease.
to lose.
he knowsno better- heentersthe gameexpecting
is a loserbecause
gamblerscan win at the gamesthey know;only if they have
Professional
studied the odds and they continuallywork on the correct money
management.
gamblersshouldonly playthe odds
To win consistently
seriousprofessional
theycanrecognise.
on oppoftunities
NOIll|...rrrrr,
to bet
losebecause
theydon'tplayit safeandcontinue
Mostnovicegamblers
theylikethe IUICEOFIT.
on anything
theyfanryjust because
you likethe threatof the riskyou
Alsoremember
that if you betjust because
willeventually
lose.
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
TOWIN:
treat your
You have to maintain a strict discipline,
gambleslike a repetitivejob in a way that it often
becomesvery boring.The point is it no longerbecomes
fun.
If youwantto win youjust haveto learnto be a mechanic
the rewardsis
Spending
and to get your fun elsewhere.
fun!
I have learnt these basic home truths over the years by watching
the faults of others. Continually remind youltselfof them if you get
on a losingstealgthen go back to squareone with the right attitude.
I
I
I
I
I
I
Blyce Gilmore
18s January 2OO4
My PrivateThoughts
I
I
Section4: Chapter- 2
I
I
3:
Section 4: ctrapter
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
S&P500- SomeHistory:
I have beenfollowingthe S&P500amongstother
You know something?
years
now.I haveseenit go throughmanyphasesof
thingsfor well on 20
evolution.
it cameaftera
I remember
the crashof 1987realwell.Whenit happened
progressively
strongeractivebullmarketthat beganin 1982.TheS&Pfutures
begantradingin 1982andas the bullmarketunfoldedbecameprogressively
morepopularwith tradersandtradingfunds.In thosedaysthe pit contract
was$500a handle(1 point).
It took the S&P500 indextwo yearsto recoverall its lossessufferedin the
1987crash.In all the time between1987and2000the marketreallynever
Therewerea coupleof periodsof L2 months
hadanylongperiodsin decline.
did not last
wherethe marketwentsideways
anysharpdeclines
but generally
longerthan90 days.
the bullmarketfrom1991to
Theonethingthatsticksin my mindthroughout
namespredicting
a top
were
many
famous
2000is that all the way up there
guiltymyselfbut whenI did I usually
everymonthor so. I wasoccasionally
the S&Pwasnot goingto
In 1994I realised
onlygot the top of a correction.
stopgoingup butasthe marketrosehigherit wouldbecomemorevolatile.
llaue Trader
1??8
14OF{TFILV
SEJlrlI-LOochort
1388
LE47
aI?
638
t
t
4?8
I
I
I
I
LZB
3?1
zaL
zLa
16tl
109
H ai n
3BJulSZ
310ctBE
31Jan91
Z8ftpr95
3BJul!l!l
Section4: Chapter- 3
[c] BryceGiknore2004
bull marketandthe
The NasdaqIndexhadgonethroughan unprecedented
as
publichad beenon a feedingfrenzybuyinginto everynewIPOavailable
justiff
the
they cameto market. It was difficultfor any sanepersonto
valuations
astheyweresofar out of linewith reality.
It wasno surpriseto mewhenthe marketrolledon its backandgoingdown
techstocK.
withthe biggestlossescomingfromthe overualued
I thoughtbackto the crashof L987andhowthe goldstockshada goodrun
afterthe 87 crashandhowthe realestatemarketwentintoa boomperiodas
investorsmovedmoneymadefromthe stockmarketinto it.
hasoccurred
againand
the samephenomenon
Strangely
or not so strangely
nowwe arefacedwithan unprecedented
boomin realestatevalues.
Have frader
11?48
l4[F{THt?
IIJIff
SEMI-LO6 Chort
z0B0
?B7S
4eE5
2511
1513
891
53?
316
1S6
114
6?
46
Z9Jan15
310ct3Z
31Jul50
31Jul50
3Bffpr58
31Jan86
Z9IlecB3
with the
It againsurprisesme now that so manyanalystsare comfoftable
valuations
andthat pensionfundsare buyingup everybit of paperfromthe
existingloans.
fundsto refinance
banksastheycontinue
to advance
I oftenask myselfwhereall the moneyis comingfrom. Butthe truth is the
moneyis createdout of freshair andthishasbeenso sincethe goldstandard
wasdroppedin the early70's.
Nowthe first thingto remember
aboutstockmarketindiceslikethe S&P500
listedon
is that it represents
valueof the top 500companies
the combined
go
come
and
as new
stocks
This meansthat
the NewYorkStockExchange.
ones becomeworth more,as a resultthe downsideis prettywell limited
as it did in year2000.
ridiculously
over-valued
unlesseverything
becomes
jr. hadan Elliott
I remember
backin 1987afterthe crashthat RobeftPrechter
Wavecountthat he reckoned
wouldtakethe Dowdownto a levelof 400.Its
previous
highhadbeen2746.Howhe dreamtthat up I don'tknow.
S&P Review
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section4: Chapter- 3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
thinkingin somecases.The
It just goesto showyou the lackof intelligent
stocksin the USAso therehadto be another
DJIAis the top 30 INDUSTRIAL
the valueof the existingonesif theyfell out
100or morecapableof replacing
insane
is notgoingto ceasejust because
of favour.Weall knowthat business
investors
havebidstockstoo high.
indexgo to in
wheredoesthe S&P500
Soyou canaskyourselfthisquestion,
the future?
it will move
up. Notwithstanding
It can only go one place,progressively
reach
extremely
it
long
doesn't
way
as
as
throughtradingrangesalongthe
onceagain.
levelsbasedon madness
over-valued
is to havethe S&Pcompanies
in a healthyeconomy
Theaccepted
benchmark
Ratioof between15 and 25 to one.If
tradingbetweena Priceto Earnings
get
themto be a yearor so back
thingswereto ever as badas we assumed
the accepted
lowerendcouldbea PEof 10-1.
index,but it is hardto
go up sotoo doesthe valueof the S&P500
Asearnings
a boomsimilarto the 1990'sin my lifetime
imaginewe will everexperience
possible
afterwhatwe haveseenrecently!
again.Maybeanythingis
In anycasewhatI am leadingup to is that in my opinionthe bearmarketin
in October2002whenthe valueof the
S&P500
stocksmusthaveterminated
in valuefromits all time high.Nodoubtwheneverit
indexhaddeclined50o/o
asthe March2000valueit will havemany
doesget backto similarvaluations
newnameson board.
in the upperendof the accepted
valuations
Butrightnowwe areapproaching
envelope.The only thing that can propelthe S&Pmuchfurther upwards
Thatdoesnot appearlogicalto happen
in earnings.
wouldbe improvements
overnight.So to my way of thinkingit will pay you to keepan eye on the
as a guide.The
companies
for the S&P500
earnings
beingreleased
estimates
stimuluspolicies
of the FEDandtax cutset cetera,haveturnedthe economy
aroundin 2003 and most of the largestcompaniesin the USA have
restructured
to reflecton the bottomline.Buttheyhavedone
theiroperations
can
to
dateby cuttingstaff.
much
they
aboutas
as
at:
is througha membership
earnings
A goodplaceto monitorthesecompany
hftp:/ /www.briefinq.com
It's beenan interesting20 odd yearsfollowingthe risesand falls in the
that hasbeenappliedby othersover
world'sstockmarketsandthe rationale
thistime.
2003:Therehavebeensome
As I am writingthis it is the 31* of December
continuingexamplesof bad newseveryso often mixedin with the good
news.Butthe marketis stillclimbing.
economic
S&P Review
Section4: Chapter- 3
[c] BryceGilmore2004
It seemsthereis
debtlevelsarestilla concern.
Unemployment
andconsumer
in the systemthat
andbankruptcies
stilla bunchof legalclaims,prosecutions
There
needto be resolvedbeforewe can lookto the futurewith confidence.
I
heard
the
other
the
blue.
hick
of
still hasto be a few more
upscomingout
daythat UnitedAirlines,whichwasoncethe biggestairlinesin the world,is
equityamountsto nothing.The same
effectively
worthlessand shareholders
fatecouldstillbe in storefor manyof the old highflyers.
bearmarkethas
So rightnowit wouldseemthat the baseof the 2000-20A2
not yet been fully establishedand somewhereup towardsthe 50o/o
retracement
bearmarketrangethe currentuptrendwill run
of the 2000-2002
intoobstacles.
Wehaveexceeded
somelevelswhicharemajorindustrydecisionpoints- the
38.2retraceof the entire2000-2002
bearmarketin S&P,the nextmajorSPX
levelaheadis the 50o/o
whichliesat 1161andjust belowa doubletop with
importantthe
technically
the lanuary2002high.This couldbe something
tradersmaytake into accountas a signto takeprofitsfrom the bull market
originating
in Marchof 2003.
Nevertheless,
I am a realist.I adaptto the dailycurrent
I am not a forecaster
marketconditions.
It's the onlywayto tradein my book.
Eachdaythe marketgivesme reasonsto form a planbasedon whatwent
before.I only needto knowif traderswill decideto buy and sell,nothing
moreand nothingless.As long as I continueto believethey will act in a
similarmannerto the way they have done before,when the signsare
obvious,
I haveeverychanceto be profitable.
I knowall the patterns,I alsohavethe newsandas longas I knowhowto
preparefor eachnewdayin advanceI am so far aheadof the fieldyou cant
believeit untilyoudo it eachday,thenyouwill knowfor yourself.
The majorityof marketplayersarejust a bunchof turkeysin my book.They
will neverknowwhatI know.My methodsarelikehavinga gunto shootthe
feathersoff themeverydayI wishto if I makethe choice.
Tradingcorrectlyis just a matterof attitudewith me now and if you can
well- with oneprovisodevelopmy mindsetyouwill succeed,
andsucceed
you mustquit everytradeentrywith a minimumlossif it doesnot movein
yourfavourimmediately;
this is my number#t rule.You betterbelieveme,
or youwill sufferthe consequences
andI don'twantthat.
SomeFinalthoughts:
Throughout
writingthis courseI havestressed
the impornceof readingthe
motivesof the otherplayers.
S&P Review
Section4: Chapter- 3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
S&P Review
Section4: Chapter- 3
[c] BryceGilmore2004
Whenthe technical
cluesdon'tappearto be workingyouthenhaveto resoft
to the moodor feelof the marketas yourbestguideandjust movewiththe
patterns.
If the marketstagnates
in a tightrangeyouarebetterto waiton the sidelines
for guidance
ratherthanto try andguesswhatit will do next.
Overa daythe marketwill providenumerous
set-upsfor youto maketrades.
you will
As longas you get straightout whenthey don'twork immediately
alwaysbe readyfor the nextone.
Thereis an old saying,'The marketalwaysappearsto be climbinga wallof
worry".
Thisis true mostof the time because
how
the puntersare neverconvinced
far it can rise beforeother traderswill come in selling.And you must
remember
thatthe professional
sideof the marketrealisethisandat anysign
of weakness
to sellto makequickprofits.
areprepared
Sellingat the correcttime in an up trendingmarketis an aft onlyknownto
professional
players,the publichavevery little knowledge
of marketlevels
andtendto enterpositions
at anyold place,mostlywhenit fits closeto some
indicator
readingtheyhavespentmonthsstudying.
The publicare basically
inconsistent
whereasthe professionals
areconsistent
and giveyou the leadmostof the time. Professionals
useclosestops,the
publicandfundsusewidestops.The fundshavedeeppocketsand mostof
the timetheywill hangintoa positionuntiltheirmodelstell themto exit.This
is why on mostoccasions
a reversalbaron a S-minutechaftcanbe marked
witha highvolumespikeasallthe ordersin the flowareexhausted.
Foranyfastmoveto continuethe volumemustkeeprisingas onesidekeeps
pushing
the otherthroughtheirpainlimits.
To be successful
day tradingyou haveto teachyourselfto onlyfocuson the
"Now"andforgeteverything
on
else.Youhaveto lookat whatis happening
the dayor the hourandthinka few stepsahead.Youmustlookbackacross
yourchartand observepriorsuppoftand resistance
levelsthat couldact as
futuresupportor resistance
andwhenthe marketteststhemact immediately
if theyholdor break.
Don'twait untilthe marketgetsawayfromthe decisionpointbecause
if you
do you cannotadequately
controlyour stop loss and withoutthe correct
youwillfail.
moneymanagement
If I wereyou I wouldreadtheselastpageseachdaypriorto tradingso when
you enterthe ringyou will havea clearandconciseviewof whatyourdaily
job is allabout.
S&P Review
Section4: Chapter- 3
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
53
Section4: Chapter- 3
[c] BryceGilrnore2004
4r
Section 4= chapter
EsignalRoutines:
It is nowthe 13hMarch2004andit hasbeennearlysix monthssinceI first
completed
the originaldraftfor thiscourse.
of 2003the S&Pindex
Sincethe originaltext was completedin September
hashadsix monthsto forgeits way aheadsomemore,but rightnowit has
sincethe lowof
the staggersup asthisweekhasseenthe deepestcorrection
a yearago.The futureshighlastweekcamein at 1163.5andthe SPXcash
levelof the SPXBear
high terminatedat 1163.23,the 50%oretracement
to 1160.75.
marketfrom2000-2002
calculated
Thisweekhasseena rangedownfromthe highon the futuresof 42.75 and
from March2003by
on the advance
exceeds
the previouslargestcorrection
impliesat this timethat a top of somemajor
5.25points.Thisoverbalancing
wavedegreesimilarto the June17h2003top is in place.
Edtr+
O t D c O 1 5 O 6 0 e c E i r yO T i ( k
J E q u i n e s ' J o h s r l n F r e b -@ e s - c o N
How
Volume
<<
tlidc
!i1!9$!-o,ira11!9!-q!:!19:!99-cjl-!!-8*a-o*ru:
Jul
2mr
seD lfov
Jan
lttr
ttrv
Jul
Sep l{ov
atr2
Jao
llar
tlty
JulAlq
2003
ortNw
Jan
zlot
llar
as I found
I havenowchangedmy livedataseruiceto ESIGNAL,
Incidentally
problems
back in
Some
when
I
encountered
Lycosvery uncooperative
thoughthe wassmartbut nowthey will
October2003.Theirrepresentative
is sosweet.
of me.Revenge
because
Iosethousands
of dollarsof business
a formulaadd on to
we havedeveloped
Sincemovingentirelyto ESIGNAL
each day on my
save
time
live chartsso we can
work within ESIGNAL
geometric
price& trendanalysis.
It is calledBryce'sX-ABCDsystem.
ESIGNAL
54
Section4: Chapter- 4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
'El't'+r""
,snp5flPtT.F.ltru8E$
,
Volunle
clt0.30
H:1tt8go l:ttold
{t 29
7 215 1529
EEf+
;
.
:
.
fbf,lf !-"..r-.qplq$.i9lFj!.$r!{
oflhl$ XC ranqc ar 1096-95
Thiirougltly{pnBponilsros38.2
froniftr388ldw al1m.5
'
:
i
t0 , 54.30
;|{ll
,51.00
308
s{il
llsn
,0fr,i10
'55.10
aDd 56
.Qi!lqr1q- "t!i1!.!qqQ,
-!:11.-0139.,q:,!!-i"-slg
, 2 9 1621 7
Jun
Jul
1219262 I
2004
55
Section4: Chapter- 4
i'
[c] BryceGilmore2004
+ J E q u i i i B s -J o h 8 r l n s ? e b ' G , e s ' ; r u o l o e e t
2 - S8P 5m E-mini
gm'v )t't
960
3 Priyef.loI mqtl
2
ttst rt
xleco@
r1:q:.r!::@l
._-
-,-"-- -- :--:-.*:---f
J E q u i t j s 5 -J o t t s l n E r Y a b - g a " c c "
Ot"t
Ot
gs
g0o
lli+2 'SEF
Bryce:eX
-t14.$Nr:(6*
8rakofTrnd Line
-t'J\ooAt
t:1
sll
s:l
'rt72;0 AA t:l6n
11JS
t00m
'U!rc,--[iCe--."":t-,- zt-,.1
O!r.d.ct@3d.nr
votuF;
-;Ao
uBEhilbt ;36;i(;';il:;Gili:;;il
ESTGNAL
56
Il
I
Section4: ChaPter- 4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
J E s u i r i s s .J o f B r l n t s r 7 6 b . @ E s { 3 N @ r o c @ r 6 s
fi000
fiot.25
5091Relrrcemenl
t05m
r00m
Thi$ iswhat
I se
at lhe moment
TRIilD tS DOS[{
Vnf0be
!q.
Themaximum
uppertargetlieson the 38.2at 1125.If it breaKabovethatI
wouldbeginto consider
again.
buysignals
EEf+
J E q u i r i s s -J o t t s r l n F v a b ' @ e s - c o l r O l D c O t
6s
Brym'e XiBCO@
r1f6tl8ll
.......................:1131lgAr
$riri,ii
soFF
Volunn
T.Oil
11
OIIEOAYATA TIIIT
ol/il
03.r't2
0f,'t3
JI
Section4: Chapter- 4
Section4: Chapter- 4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGiknore2004
u63.5S
HIGH
G
a
r
t
I
e
I
s
1!
i
n
s
u
z
k
L0l.l
?88.58
Section4: Clnpter - 4
5PX
PRITE CYCLE
tfft
BBa3z4
Pr
1552.fi?
TB]
AZB7Z4
Fr
??5.68
fR-j ?-/?lrl
tz,
5a.8zl
TfiETtrTTilF_
i[]
Pr
TT]
Fr
gzg?24
??5. SS
B4B3B5
1163.ZE
tR"s 3Br,sfl
58.Bz
17,
I
ETiTi_
Pr
6.58S
B.4SS
irr
X
L.WE
s.ss8
60
Section4: Chapter- 4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
T
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
g5
e60
gDsil,y erick
fron
0t:00 0?:00lDf, olln l[i:00 S:00 0rtr001trO02fr 03:000l:00 05:00l]6il0 0tfr01fl 02:80Ol:00Da:ttrDSlXl06fl 07:lD
03,/l2,IIt
mfi'il
O3".t6i't
@
03fi6 Itr00
Shortll14 Out1118' il
Shonll09 Out11ll7^6r1^2
Shortllqt Out1llx4t, +3^4
52t tt0{.00
?50 fr03.75
6l
Section4: Chapter- 4
[c] BryceGilmore2004
The low for the day was 1101.5forminga doublebottomwith the 1101
Globexlow from earlytradingon Friday.Thislowwasmadeverylatein the
intact
afternoon
anda shortcoveringrallyfinishedoff the day. 1100remains
once again and today was effectivelyan insideday with the trend still
pointing
down.
Aftertodayand the staft to the weekthe bullswill be nervouscominginto
to
tomorrowas we havean FOMCannouncement
fromChairman
Greenspan
be released.
Speculation
is, theywon'traiseratesbut thenwe alreadyknow
they won't lowerthem anymoreeither.Therecouldbe a surprisecoming,
whoknows?
Tuesday16h March2OO4:
The marketopenedup and went to the 61.8 retracement
of LLL9.75and
1101.5at 1113,madea doubletop over 20 minutesand startedto go
sideways.
Sofar I havemade5 trades.Theresultswere+1, scratch,-L, -^4
and+1^6. I shouldhavejust soldthe 61.8andput a stopaboveit andwent
to bed.Greenspan
thisthing
is not speaking
until2:15pmETso the chances
patternsofar the
will do muchuntilthenis remotenow.Withthe established
suppofton the downside
lieson the 1:1 at 1108^2if the 1109.25double
bottomcomesout so there is no valuein sellingit to gain half a point.It
wouldneedto breakbelow1108to confirma sell now.The other pointis
so thereis
50%of 1101.5
to 1113liesat 5.75downfrom1113or 1L07.25
verylittleroomto movebefore1107is takenout.
Edtr+
J E q u i n s s -J D b $ r n t c . ? e b . r E s - c o N
OlDr O1s
8di0"x
Srfr/AsKDfFTII
s-oFF TOlt I
250
*r|ow *[!r!s--13_
:
c.r.dr.@itt;i.r
6t.s
Oul lltl^f
^l
out tt09i$
..t^6
lZolt
-.=- -1
Itm
5;11rrru-oo
l..ir
-7--tr
6{?tr'10'25i
I
&
}5:
ttro,on l
Volume
62
Section4: Chapter- 4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
12:15pm ET
E8F+
J E q u i i j s s .J o f t $ t n E r . / 6 b ' @ e s - c o l r@ D c O r
6s
O o o @ c \ r i t yO T i t k
t20ttr
t18m
fl6m
fi{m
Ir?00
t10ttr
togn
fo2 lt0&.50
717 lt0625
02:00 03{0
0{:00
@ e S . C c t ' te D i
01
Dynamic,O:0024110
e5
O60
Ooaitr OTick
t6m
14tr!
iztn
113{
10m
:l
51107.594n1,'.618
61tl
r0600
t04m
Y'
*,75
t
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
fft:00
06fr
07
PuHislrcdby e9rgnal(www*igmkm)
12:30ET and the GAPhas beenfilled- that'sa buy signfor floor traders
especially
in the luncheonperiod.Yetthe trendis definitelydownon the day
and it doesn'tseemto be havingany troublebreakingshort-termtechnical
supports
in thisperiodleadingup to the FOMC
announcement.
Myconclusion
nowis if the FEDcomesout withsomething
the marketis notexpecting
it will
fallapaftsoa breakof 1100willbea goodtrade.
ESIGNAL
63
Section4: Chapter- 4
1:3opmET:
It neverceasesto amazeme.The marketcomesand goesthroughoutthe
and
day.Someminutesago it cameright backup to the 50o/oretracement
withthe 1109.25breakout to the downsideearliertoday.I let it go
coincided
thenbut nowit is a betterchanceto reverseheresinceall the suppoftswere
you arealwaysa chanceif yougo
negatedearlier.Astheysayin the classics
potential
hereif I don't get stoppedout is 7.75 downto
to a dance.The
1101.5 we willsee,I thinkit is a chancebutI willonlyholdit if it is winning
announcement.
untiljustbeforethe FOMC
Edtr+
- - i r q u i u e s ' J o h s l n E r a B - @ e c . : o i . l 1 r c O r
nStr!
fi{[
il200
fltm
llow
Hldc
<< -_
>>
7orrro8.25
m
Volume
mfl7,ll{
03r't6[{
The
I scratched
that tradefor breakevenbeforethe FOMCannouncement.
went
the
market
as
UNCHANGED
and
announcement
at 2:15 ETcameout
what can happenon dayslike
crazy,havea lookat this andjust remember
today.It rocketedto a dailydoubletop and then fell like a brickto neara
dailydoublebottomin the spaceof 5 minutes,thenwentbackthe otherway
madesomemoney- butwho?
again.Someone
6Er+
J E q u i r t s s .J o h s r l n B ' / a b - @ r g c o r . r@ l D c @ l s
O o o @ o e l r y@ r i c t
8rycebX
BID/ASK
t20m
r't8In
FEOHAtt. [O $tAr6E
\Y
.tt5*JE-[f_-_*
1116?5110rrl
fi05.25
I r$ rrlo"zo
\I,'_
.7&zr'
{50 tt,lo.oo
03,,t7,0{
03rl6rI),1
ESIGNAL
PuHishedby eS'qnal(ww,esignalrom)
64
Section4: Chapter- 4
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
OIoc {D1 gs
J E q u i r i s ! -J o h s r t n B b ' @ s s - c o l t
S 6 0 E o a i r , rO r i q l
EryeeisxIscoEl
B|D/ASKDfpTltlE|
fi800
FEDNATE. IIO CHIIJ{GE
t1{m
Jri I
:l
GAt filled
-ttusoortr trt
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
fi5m
fi12.t6
Itg5.25
n
, . t , , 1 , r i , ,I,. , . , , , 1 ,
Bg
llw
lU:00 05fl
03d6JlI1
03fi7 B9:il5
m/1t0t
PuHisH by eSiqnal(www,uigoal,com)
J E q u r u s - J o h s r t n B y a b - @ E s - c o rO' rl D a O 1 5
O 0 O o a r y r i c r
- Globsx,S)
tlou do yoo flgu{e lils out ln advase?
rBut I gd a llece of 1t...-.---.
f0 ftATE.llo O'lAfiSt arys rt 1l:
tfiagg
tr.J0
7112.75
ttr200
crrl?51&i11
lsd.>>
:fl!&tt
q**>>-"-i
titr6t8
.r2.N
t101.&
ttit"oo
02t[
o]{0
I
I
oo00
o o.oo
01fr
Puilished by e5Qnal(wwwcigml.com)
Wellanother
dayis overandwhatdidyoulearn?
It paysto take everyday one at a time is what I think, that is the best
approach.
ESIGNAL
65
Section4: Chapter- 4
but it is
In thiscourseI havegivenyouthe meansto outwitthe otherplayers,
you.
for
excuse
is
no
you
now
there
to do it. I cando it so
stillupto
I
I
I
I
I
I
for usto
Eachdaythe marketopensanddoeswhatever,but it leavesSIGNS
takeadvantage
of. Whatmoredo youwantin life?
tomorrow?I don't.
Whocareswhathappens
is just a Merry-goRound.The
Youwill reatiseaftera whilethat this business
contesteachday is to readthe tapecorrectlyandoutwitthe otherplayersas
the daygoeson.
You shouldgive this somethoughtif you want to succeed;it is the best
adviceI cangiveyou.
6Etr+
OTjck
J E q u i t i s s .J o f i s . l n s ' / a b ' @ e s + o l t g l D : O 1 E 5 O , 5 0 O o d i l , Y
ll?-45rlu5 tlahr 38, - SELL
n,lt m
S{ppo.t 7-one
stLt_
Eqq-[!{c---_
<<_ -ii-
-i
+rs fi21.00
726 r1m.75
66
Section4: Chapter- 4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
1:15pm ET:
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
EgF+
[c] BryceGilrnore2004
reb- @Es-coN
JEquir,Bs'JobsrrnE
OlDc @1 gs
O 6 0 @ c u i pQ r r r t
1i21.5/11?5lllrlor38J - Sell
'{il
tm75
Suppod Zotre
Er"t
t.50
Omn
ir.*
It iEvqrking
10 3 poiot qlflsgtionr
-1,t5
soFF R{}N
_!log- llidG i
3.0O
I
<<
>> I
2m il20"50
rllt
tt20r5
I '
,1, I
rltt'1,1,
ll,r.u,,.
r
PuHirhedby eSignal(www.esigml.com)
3:45pmET.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
EEF+
J E q u i t j s s -J o h s r r n r r v s b ' @ e s - c o l l O I D J O 1 E i
Dinamicll:oo2a
sFt.l
Aeumulatloni'l
Open
s4rF RoH
I
3.00
_!!.qrt __,!!{c_.__:1 -_.,__ri_,1
D"rfll:Olrrri
13fJS ll2.l,l5
sot rrzcso
Votume
o triaE
a ttEF
05ln
t:trtg
06fl
ct:2ts
07fr
o:ut8.oa
puHishedby esrqnal(www.aigndrom)
67
Section4: Chapter- 4
[c] BryceGilmore2004
- r E s u i t i B sJ- o h e r l n s v a b ' @ e + c o n O D c O r
AIDIASKD
1 la5/11fi Uajot 38? - Sell
lo ts srre "lo bs srfB Ptlricl
Aftuorulallon+t>
f-so
Olen
1t,oo
I
I
I
I
to 3 polnl corrcctloB
t05tI,
a ztr rrn,s
10196
t00m
445 fi22t5
tlffl
Ol:l
O3r't8Ol
The tradewas there but the latenessof the day killedit. Still I shouldn't
- neverlooka gift horsein the mouth.Thereis something
elseto
complain
"what
if the marketwentup
be learnthereas you couldhavebeenthinking,
1:1withthe previous
6.25pointmove?"Theanswerto that oneis the larger
overthe minordegreewaves.
levelstakeprecedence
degreeretracement
Wellwe will haveto waitandseewon'twe?
Nowwhatabouttomorrow?
Buttomorrowis the lasttradingdayfor the MarchEScontractandwe have
the triplewitchingwith the optionsexpiry.Therecouldbe a war breakout
betweenthe bullsandthe bears. OnethingI do knowgoingintotomorrow
for sure,"for surePatrick"is thatabove1125is a buyandanythingelselower
is a sell.
@Esccil tcc O 1 g5
EEf + J Equines.J Dherlntsfzab.
broiasroennrfil
BryqcbuBco@
rtrr-r'
"Jro
-9,j:!=g-l!1tg,,r:19-1ji]-m?"31m
Thie isthr
minutP
t13::pito
Itrg.
1:4 W t{ lig
Eg Fl:1:E
f5
Hou
Hldc
ESIGNAL
<<
,rg,t5
1$t.40
>;
68
1to1.aqoo!o,
3r rrz:d)
Section4: Chapter- 4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
I sawsomewhere
somehowthat the sharingof knowledge
wasa gift - then
the phonerangandgot meoff trackso my originalthoughtwaslost.
Thursday18s March 2004: Last trading day MarchSP& ES:
+ -lEquiriss- JDhrliEtr./ab- @eS":Clt lO3
(.41 5
t12&A{
c
r500
| A
m00
t8m
t6m
Itfil
-'>
lt^6
50 aeiraemgnt
s.{}il
U{s
T.olt :
I
4.00
hidc _ <<-,__a:*l
:000tO0
02110
03:00
lH:{t0
PuHkhed by eSir3nal(wwsigml.com)
@r
brye'sxleco@
.zr.or,o.rlorl.l#
tl&tr
SP PIT COIITRACT
Ordlrlt/lt
nd dow
t16m
r{m
tarlyvatning
6ign ol ! rcvecrl
11Sl
I t?00
gttllp
t rrtaes t,rtrrn
c,rr??aow
13.1FSltrelrars??l
0{:00
ESIGNAL
05110
It000
06:m
69
Section4: Chapter- 4
JEquiriss'JohErlnF/6b@
. e + c c l t 1 c , 3 S 1 C 5 0 6 0 e o t i h O T i ( t
l:llDm fr
r24m
rzal|
t?0m
I Idil;
t15m
Show
Volume
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
031t0
70
Section4: Chapter- 4
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
JEquitjss- JOfiBrlntsrtdb.@ES{CN
Frlure3,SlDtmamic.DfrJ4lL
('DC
Or
TriplE lop
o[ iraroR RATto
-?o-Titl
lfffi 9o bac* to toda/s naln srlnge
yoo o se thal ll25 ls the obstacle
Etri 1ltl l$ the $upport.6J
6t,8
1tl6:5
finBl
ut{10 (Ftr
07:00 01fl
0311&,Ot
C:rtao nlm-
5-rrrit
fl2m
fifin
flEa7
r0800
106u,
tt7tro
PuHishedby eSignal(www.eignal.com)
J E q u i t i B s -J o h s r l n B . / a b - @ E s - c c i lO t o c @ 1 5 O 6 0 6 o a i v O r i *
Globsx S6ion
SP
O:r1A
07fr09fl0
ESIGNAL
X;1124
lltr0
L:ltGJD
t1:00 15fl
71
Section 4: Chapter - 4
sPx
EEf+
J E g u i t i s s -J D h s t l n F v a b . @ E S { o N g l D : @ r s
ISPQ),60!Dyftamic.0fl2{:00
t100,ut
r!94-St
Publishedby esrgnallwww
Witchingtherewas
the fact that we weregoinginto Quadruple
Considering
boundto be an effort by vestedintereststo rampup the priceon one side
andfor othersto try andpushit down.
openedthe marketwasbackdownbelowthe 1125so I
Whenthe daysession
still wouldhavefiguredthat to be my decisionpointto confirmthe market
was goinghigher.Whenyou look backat the earlierpaft of the weekthe
1100but couldnot rally
marketfoundsuppoftjust abovethe psychological
abovethe 38.2of the priortwo-weekdecline.
front.TechstocK
on the employment
Thetalkall weekhasbeenof concerns
aresaidto be overvaluedandhavebeenin decline.AsI pointedout a couple
The
of weeK ago the insidershavebeenbuildingsizeableshoft positions.
moredifficultto find growthstocKthatthey
fundsarefindingit considerably
beenrange
Theoverallmarkethasbasically
caninvestin for the longer-term.
of February.
boundsincethe beginning
we haveto go on is the market
information
Andthe mostimportanttechnical
to the
retreatover the last few weeK is comingfrom a 50o/oretracement
entirebearmarketof 2000-2002.
ESIGNAL
72
Section4: Chapter- 4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
Friday's
trading:
I wentout for dinnerand didn'tcomeinto my officeuntil5:00am(2:00pm
ED.
My thoughtsas I studiedmy chartswerethat the marketwasexhausted
to
the upside,andas it was late Fridaythe bullswouldwantto bailout before
the weekendclose.It wassnowingin NewYor( so manyof the WallStreet
traderswouldleaveto go homeearly. Therewasno newsleft to comefor
the weeksothe marketwouldworkitselfto the technical
signals.
At 2:30pmthe marketreversedon a 50o/oretracement
of the daysrange
givingthe 2ndSIGNit couldgo downfromthere.The lst SIGNwasthe falae
breakof suppottat 1115. I just figurethat anyotherprofessional
traderwho
wasthinkingalongthe samelinesas myselfwouldsellthe 50o/oretracement
andas the lowsfor the daywereon shakygroundit wouldn'ttakeanyeffort
for themto break.
Nevertheless
the safesellwason a breakof 1115,as that wouldbe a good
confirmation
that the bulls had given up on the day. The next technical
suppoftbelow1115was at a doublebottom1111.5and a 1:1 downfrom
1118.5- pretfysimpleto work out. If afterthat if 1111.5cameout the
marketwouldjust slidefor the restof the afternoon.
ES
Ed+
J s u i ( i s s -J o h s r l n r g ' / i b - @ e s - c c u O l D g @ 1 e s
@ 6 0 G l o a i r ,Oy T i c k
E-miniFutur3
FR,IDAY
5c Hl I
?i 4r r
a
1t20.25
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
-l?t
*1it3
,l2L0A
4lO
rrr rnrrrrrcl
l\
4io
5o% Retrocemanf
2:30pmET
fl\
f,tllf-j',r.ge*r,,n,. ', ,
-+gs* ,1'!85eto5rct
t1600
11fS
t1{00
fi200
g:ilM
02:00
H:1t4
0:l:00
L:rii500 c.trr?go-
lxfttl
lIi:00
Published
by eSignal(ww,sigml.rm)
t3
Section4: Chapter- 4
[c] BryceGilmore2004
1111.5-Target
E5dl+
tcJ
r{r-4
J E q u . r i s s -J o t E r t n r ! r , 3 b ' @ e s - c o N O D :
- Jd
{r
Brye'sXABCD@
maofi
t}:trg.o4
_,=.,,
=, ,,
<
for a shorttime
the 1111.5targetI hadthe marketstabilized
Afterachieving
pointing
downand
and rallieda smalldistancebackup. The signswerestill
by now it was3:38pmETandgettinglate.Therewasvery littlechancethe
buyersweregoingto comebacknow.
1111.5- BREAI(S:
EEF+
J E q u i r i s r -J o b s r l n r " 6 b '
@ E g c o t tO D c O 1 e s
{EIrr{.
Brys!
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
8,9!! .B:9!ri
t o@
Hidr
1.5O
<<
>t
Voluma
Section4: Chapter- 4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
J E g u i r i B i . J D h e r l n t - r ' / i k t . @ e g + c u@ t o c S r
{Deloyed}
| J s@ o o f 3 c B i t lO T i r l i
l30m
fp{.80
fiZn rO
A
1?,t8t
FfOS
*trrr.ToAn
xt
ll
1r11.70
s.r.rEs*!!.,r,9--uj9rys -q]llEclllllll
75
Section4: Chapter- 4
ESIGNAL
76
Section4: Chapter- 4
t
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
The FOMCmeeting on Tuesdaywas largely a non-event as the fed funds rate was
maintained at 1.00o/owhile the directive repeatedthe stance that the Fed can be
patient with its accommodativepolicy. Some added attention was given to the
slight change in wording of the directive with respectto the lag in hiring activity,
but for all intents and purposes, there was little that was new in the Fed's
stance. Economic data this week was mixed, but generallysupportive of a
reboundingeconomy.
There was nothing in the way of substantiveearnings warnings and the earnings
news itself was solid with Lehman Bros. (LEH 85.19), Bear Stearns(BSC 36.86)
and MorganStanley (MWD 59.61) highlightingthe action with blowout reports.
General Electric (GE 30.14) announced it was acquiring InVision,but more
importantly,indicatedQ1 and Q2 earningsshould be at the high end of its target
ranges.
The encouragingtrend in earnings is a major factor for why Briefing.combelieves
the market's recent struggles are nothing more than a normal correctionwithin a
bull market. That correction arguably has more room to run, but even so, we
remain grounded in our moderately bullish long-term outlook and forecast for a
mid- single digit gain in the market this year.-- PatrickJ. O'Hare Briefing.com
DJIA
10240.08
10186.89
-53.19
-0.5 Yo
-2.6Yo
-2.2%
-3.1%
-1.0 Yo
-0.20h
-2.10
2.5 Yo
Nasdaq
1984.73
1940.47
s&P 500
t120.57
1109.78
44.26
-10.79
582.84
570.69
-12.15
Russell2000
ET
Release
D a t e s a n d f o r c a s t s o f u p c o m i n ge c o n o m i c r e l e a s e s .
r4ctlal
Erieffng.rom Cons*nsus
ar22 00:00
Feb DATETBA 0,1%
Mar24 0 8 : 3 0 D u r a h l eO r d e r s
Feb
2.5%
Mar24 1 0 : 0 0 N E WH o m eS a l e s F e b
1130K
Mar25 0 8 : 3 0 I n i t i aCl l a i m s
03/20
340K
Mar25 0 8 : 3 0 G D P - F i n a l
A4
4.1%
Mar25 0 8 : 3 0 C h a i nD e f l a t o r - F i n aGl 4
1.2%
Mar25 10:00 Help-Wanted
Index Feb
39
Mar25 1 0 : 0 0 E x i s t i nH
q o m eS a l e s F e b
6.25M
Mar26 0 8 : 3 0 F e r s o n al ln c o m e F e b
0.3%
Mar26 0 8 : 3 0 P e r s o n aSl p e n d i n f l F e b
0.5%
Mar26 09:45 fr''lich
SentimenfRev. Mar
94.1
Frior
NA
1.296
1100K
NA
41%
1.?%
39
6.20M
0.3%
0.5%
0.3%
-2.3%
s4.0
s4.1
Fronr
Rer
Revised
1106K
336K
4.1%
1.2%
38
8.04M
8.2%
0.4%
Be prepared.
Nextweekis the Marchequinoxandthe 4h anniversary
of the March2000
S&Phigh.Thereare a coupleof otherimportantanniversary
datesas well
wheretheS&Pmadeimpoftant
sentiment
swingsin 2001and2002.
ESIGNAL
Section4: Chapter- 4
[c] BryceGilmore2004
CgcleTrailer
T II1E CYILE
tR]
BBB118
TB]
BZLBTB
daqs
degs
ueeks
gears
SSE
S?S.5
742.3
2.72I
in volue
PRt]JECTIBH
icl
Bzl8ls
trl
dags
degs
ueeks
gedrs
s4aztg
457
493. E
71.8
t,378
ZAAEA1IA - ZBB4A3 LS
Commanils... tHlhelp,
[*]Scroll,
tEscIExit
Feb 19
Cgclefrader
la
daie
848116
MMBZ.
A4AZLA
a4a3B3
A4trtlg
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t'lai
I
I
Section4: Chapter- 4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
[c] BryceGihnore2004
SEf+
O:itOAE
Agr
laf
Jtrn
Jol
Auq
Sep
Eitlao
l:ilHg
Oci
E:t1m
llw
EO
Dec
2|ltt
Feb
llat
Published by eSignal (rucsigml.com)
ESIGNAL
79
Section4: Chapter- 4
[c] BryceGilmore2004
O60 @cvih Oriq*
J E q u i r i s s .J D $ s t n F v d b . @ e s c o l t @ r o c @ 1 e 5
-r 163!o Rxl5r8
orcl
T
I
I
I
I
I
03Ol
03,t15
0l,ll9
0]Jl1
03r'13
O3t17
Publishedby eSign:l (w,esignel'com)
J E q u i t i B r .J o h r l n F r a b ' @ e s - c o l t @ l D c @ r s
s!l
414.5t
1:1
ol
*riiirAifii;
of loflh8r dffiide.
glqt-le r.tlltt
.T.
let ? .lRJttCF.qr-4
509t. Xc 1099-?5hcro be r Slcll
ofwoaktcg
.ts50
. ,
;I7,54..1
I
1rt6,00:
,.,,;...-- - ,.-.- -.
-i-l!{?:Lt@)
r0t{,75
0l,25/04
0326j8.t
lE:00 01fl
tlfi$1
0lS0
05$l
ThepointD
D is subjectto change.
OnthischartX, A, B & C areestablished.
is 8.75downfromC. AB= 11.5.
WaveCDof ABliesat 1102.50
Soa 1:1Alternate
There's
a 38.2of XCat 1102.75
A 50o/o
retracement
of XC(3 dayrange)is at 1099.50
Andthe psychological
or naturalsupportis 1100
it is not.
If the marketbreaksbelow1099it wouldlookbearishotherwise
ESIGNAL
80
Section4: Chapter- 4
t
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGihnore2004
- Globex,Dl DyDlmic,o
18:lS9
tglto
II
4275
n
-
tt0t.00
-*.*
. . .----!o..i-d-?flr-qq9)-
t
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
range.
1145represents
of the 1163.75-1084.75
a76.4(2x38.2)retracement
Throughout
this weekthe marketcontinued
to feedon the bullishsentiment
reportsto talk aboutand
that abounded.
Therewere no negativeeconomic
reportcamein with an increase
of 308,000
on Fridaythe Marchemployment
jobs for the period.This repoftwas released
at B:30amETandthe Globex
marketralliedstronglymakingthe 1145highin advanceof the day session
opening.
Friday's
tradingrangewasa mixedaffairwitha lO-pointrange- down- updownandthen up to finishthe day.As we cameintothe last90 minutesof
the session
tradersboughtthe marketoff a doublebottomon the day.There
werenota lot of traderswhowantedto be shortoverthe weekend.
If you look back on the week you will see that the upwardtrend was
confirmed
eachstepof the way.Firstoff on Mondayit tookout the 38.2,then
The nextresistance
wasthe
aftera pauseat the 50 brokethroughTuesday.
for a while.Thursday
whenit tested
old 1126.5highthat heldup progress
the 61.8it wentstraightthroughbut did reversea littlehigher,then it went
sideways
for the restof the day.Fridaywe knowaboutalready.
Aswe go into Mondaywe are left with supportat L134.75(Ihursday'shigh)
and1135(Friday's
low).Theactionon Fridayhaslefta gapto befilled.
ESIGNAL
8l
Section4: Chapter- 4
[c] BryceGilrnore2004
J E q u t i B : . J o f i B ' l n h t r r e b - @ E s { o uO i D c ' 3 l g s
tg)00
t.t5ul
1t3{.?9
toFlel
l250tl
t2000
I1500
ti000
T|tis fisrter sdd ftllq to coile ltdt lhJotgh ll2,
nm lo anlirm uny rigoiliorl dosnsido in progtw
illloo
t@ttr
Ths DOWIilDUSTRIALS
Nvr brol blw ilre
r'rijriio
iitei tili;|i;in; ; ii6iiiii;.
1@.?groDlel
nnn
1t00.00
IIEB.BO
s,0fir
m0r0
?ut.00
Sep
llov
Jan
zffi
llar
fllay
Jul
Sep
Nov
Jan
ru3
thr
llay
Publishedby eSignal(www,esignal,com)
ESIGNAL
82
IA'DD
taDo
JunJul
Section4: Chapter- 4
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
lndusial
{illlDlJ - DowJonn
AryebXi.BCO
d.5gl
.o. r@58
ts:tqs4
AyrrgE,D) Dfm.miclltro:{tro
L: ffit.3
E ezoe
33578
IItFi
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
|
:
c
fiogz4l
2llh ililch
f0007,49
Avsr.ls
etzB
t52?Z'6 t3?0
Sep
Oct
a
ilN
Dec
$22r'.,5
12il262
2001
I
feb
tsue to adlEil||eh
1723t
fiar
po,ifoliB
t5?Z:9
Apr
PqblisH
by e5ignal (ww,esignd,com)
83
Section4: Chapter- 4
[c] BryceGilmore2004
@roc @r
Os
Fills Gap
V J;1-t1o.5l
.10-50
01fl
84
Section4: Chapter- 4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
[c] BryceGilmore2004
E6+
Johsrinhr'/ab-
GEg,X|N OrDc S1
oo
oai.r@ri:r
rm00
t({It0
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
I
I
I
I
I
.
:
Ylu rBwr:knw
:
blt|'lis
rl
-/&50
tto:
i.htq.q.a!{-:h9g!!qr1-!or.
apt
l@5 (@
C :
t0f5.00
:
21245 n'B262 I
mary
Jun
Jul
Arq
sep
o8'
tlov
'ec
20lH
Feb
'Lron"iii,
*-"ar(ww,signar.roml
Section4: Chapter- 4
[c] BryceGilmore2004
Epilogue:
Nowthat I havecompleted
this manualto the beststandardI canrelateto I
wouldliketo mentiona fewthingsI amgratefulfor.
of tradingI owemy
Overall the yearsI havebeeninvolvedin this business
continued
success
to the peopleI havemet alongthe waywho encouraged
minds
futuresandmixingit withthe smartest
meto think.Tradingcommodity
man's
in theWorldis a thinking
business.
somehavebeen
Mystudentshavecomefroma widevarietyof occupations,
tradersbut manyhavejust beennormalpeoplewhowantedto learnhowto
tradeandaskedmeto helpthem.
In the processof them askingme questionsall the time on the various
aspectsof my trading approachthey also helped me understandthe
havewhentheytry to entera newprofession.
difficulties
newcomers
Severalyearsback,when I first promotedan Internetsite "Club L44" for
studentsof my soft\/areandbooks,peoplewhowantedto learnandneeded
a teacher.I attracteda new breedof students.Frommy interactionwith
someof
thesestudentsI soonbecameawarehowotherswereoverlooking
thesimplest
of thingsI wasusingto makemoney.
Manyof the thingsI haveexplained
in this text are not new.Manyof them
I have
traders.Nevertheless
are taken for grantedtoday by professional
give
in
long
run.
But
the
edge
the
to
mea better
developed
somerefinements
mainthingI havedoneis to prioritise
an orderin myapproach.
wastheirinherent
ThecommonproblemI havefoundwith mostnewcomers
faultfor complicating
everything.
Tradingis a simplematterof
Tradingis not a complicated
occupation!
identiffingan opportunity
and takingit. If it workslike it shouldyou make
money.If it doesnotworkyoutakea smallloss,getout andstartagain.
that openup a window
thereareceftainsituations
Onceyou canunderstand
of oppoftunity
andofferyou a chanceto profityoutakethemandas soonas
the windowclosesyou get out andgo backto the drawingboard;thenyou
willbeTrading
to WIN.
Thereis no roomfor fear, hopeor greed,or what mighthavebeenrn my
equation.Eachday is a new day and you just take it as it comes.To do
trading.
will onlyleadyouintobadhabitsandunprofitable
othennrise
BryceT. Gilmore.
Epilogue
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I